PATENT DOCUMENT

Publication Number: US-11153235-B1
Application Number: US-202017033424-A
Country: US
Kind Code: B1

Title: User interfaces for messages

Abstract:
In some embodiments, an electronic device presents representations of messaging conversations. In some embodiments, an electronic device indicates which messages are replies to other messages in a messaging conversation. In some embodiments, an electronic device creates and presents links (e.g., rich links) to contacts in a messaging conversation (e.g., “mentions”). In some embodiments, an electronic device presents indications of messages that are replies to other messages. In some embodiments, an electronic device presents options to create a link (e.g., a rich link) to contacts in a messaging conversation (e.g., “mentions”) using a suggested entry user interface element.

Claims:
What is claimed as new and desired to be protected by Letters Patent of the United States is: 
     
       1. A method, comprising:
 at a first electronic device in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices:
 displaying, via the display generation component, a messaging user interface including a plurality of representations of a plurality of messages in a messaging conversation, including a representation of a first message, wherein the first message was added to the messaging conversation by a respective electronic device; 
 while displaying the messaging user interface, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs for adding a second message to the messaging conversation as a reply to the first message; and 
 in response to receiving the sequence of one or more inputs for adding the second message to the messaging conversation as the reply to the first message:
 updating the messaging user interface to add a representation of the second message and a first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that the messaging conversation includes two participants, the first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message is aligned with the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, and 
 in accordance with a determination that the messaging conversation includes three or more participants, the first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message is aligned with a visual representation of a participant displayed and associated with the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message. 
 
 
 
 
     
     
       2. The method of  claim 1 , further comprising:
 while displaying the messaging user interface including the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, and the first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, receiving an indication of a third message added to the messaging conversation; and 
 in response to receiving the indication of the third message added to the messaging conversation:
 updating the messaging user interface to add a representation of the third message; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the third message is a reply to the first message, displaying, in the messaging user interface, a third visual indication associated with the representation of the third message and the representation of the second message. 
 
 
     
     
       3. The method of  claim 2 , wherein:
 the third message is a reply to the first message, and 
 in accordance with a determination that the third message was added to the messaging conversation by a third electronic device different from the first electronic device:
 the third visual indication associated with the representation of the third message and the representation of the second message is a visual indication connecting the first message and the third message that includes a respective indication aligned with the second message in the messaging user interface. 
 
 
     
     
       4. The method of  claim 1 , wherein the respective electronic device is a second electronic device different from the first electronic device, the method further comprising:
 while displaying the messaging user interface including the representation of the first message, the representation of the second message, and the second first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs for adding a third message to the messaging conversation as a reply to the first message; and 
 in response to receiving the sequence of one or more inputs for adding the third message to the messaging conversation as the reply to the first message:
 updating the messaging user interface to add a representation of the third message; and 
 replacing the first visual indication with a third visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the third message. 
 
 
     
     
       5. The method of  claim 1 , wherein the messaging conversation includes a third message, the method further comprising:
 receiving an indication of a fourth message added to the messaging conversation that is a reply to the third message; and 
 in response to receiving the indication of the fourth message added to the messaging conversation:
 displaying, in the messaging user interface, a representation of the fourth message and a respective visual indication connecting a first representation of the third message and the representation of the fourth message, wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that the messaging conversation includes one or more messages between the third message and the fourth message that are not replies to the third message, the first representation of the third message is an additional representation of the third message in the messaging user interface that was not included in the messaging user interface before receiving the indication of the fourth message added to the messaging conversation, and was added to the messaging user interface in response to receiving the indication of the fourth message added to the messaging conversation. 
 
 
 
     
     
       6. The method of  claim 1 , wherein:
 the messaging user interface includes a representation of a third message and a representation of a fourth message that is a reply to the third message, and 
 in accordance with a determination that the third message and the fourth message were added to the messaging conversation by a second electronic device different from the first electronic device, the messaging user interface includes a third visual indication, different from the first visual indication, connecting the representation of the third message and the representation of the fourth message. 
 
     
     
       7. The method of  claim 6 , wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that the third message was added to the messaging conversation by the second electronic device, and the fourth message was added to the messaging conversation by a third electronic device, different from the first and second electronic devices, the messaging user interface includes the third visual indication connecting the representation of the third message and the representation of the fourth message. 
 
     
     
       8. An electronic device, comprising:
 one or more processors; 
 memory; and 
 one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for: 
 displaying, via a display generation component, a messaging user interface including a plurality of representations of a plurality of messages in a messaging conversation, including a representation of a first message, wherein the first message was added to the messaging conversation by a respective electronic device; 
 while displaying the messaging user interface, receiving, via one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs for adding a second message to the messaging conversation as a reply to the first message; and 
 in response to receiving the sequence of one or more inputs for adding the second message to the messaging conversation as the reply to the first message:
 updating the messaging user interface to add a representation of the second message and a first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that the messaging conversation includes two participants, the first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message is aligned with the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, and 
 in accordance with a determination that the messaging conversation includes three or more participants, the first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message is aligned with a visual representation of a participant displayed and associated with the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message. 
 
 
 
     
     
       9. The electronic device of  claim 8 , wherein the one or more programs further include instructions for:
 while displaying the messaging user interface including the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, and the first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, receiving an indication of a third message added to the messaging conversation; and 
 in response to receiving the indication of the third message added to the messaging conversation:
 updating the messaging user interface to add a representation of the third message; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the third message is a reply to the first message, displaying, in the messaging user interface, a third visual indication associated with the representation of the third message and the representation of the second message. 
 
 
     
     
       10. The electronic device of  claim 9 , wherein:
 the third message is a reply to the first message, and 
 in accordance with a determination that the third message was added to the messaging conversation by a third electronic device different from the first electronic device:
 the third visual indication associated with the representation of the third message and the representation of the second message is a visual indication connecting the first message and the third message that includes a respective indication aligned with the second message in the messaging user interface. 
 
 
     
     
       11. The electronic device of  claim 8 , wherein the respective electronic device is a second electronic device different from the first electronic device, and the one or more programs further include instructions for:
 while displaying the messaging user interface including the representation of the first message, the representation of the second message, and the first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs for adding a third message to the messaging conversation as a reply to the first message; and 
 in response to receiving the sequence of one or more inputs for adding the third message to the messaging conversation as the reply to the first message:
 updating the messaging user interface to add a representation of the third message; and 
 replacing the first visual indication with a third visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the third message. 
 
 
     
     
       12. The electronic device of  claim 8 , wherein the messaging conversation includes a third message, and the one or more programs further include instructions for:
 receiving an indication of a fourth message added to the messaging conversation that is a reply to the third message; and 
 in response to receiving the indication of the fourth message added to the messaging conversation:
 displaying, in the messaging user interface, a representation of the fourth message and a respective visual indication connecting a first representation of the third message and the representation of the fourth message, wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that the messaging conversation includes one or more messages between the third message and the fourth message that are not replies to the third message, the first representation of the third message is an additional representation of the third message in the messaging user interface that was not included in the messaging user interface before receiving the indication of the fourth message added to the messaging conversation, and was added to the messaging user interface in response to receiving the indication of the fourth message added to the messaging conversation. 
 
 
 
     
     
       13. The electronic device of  claim 8 , wherein:
 the messaging user interface includes a representation of a third message and a representation of a fourth message that is a reply to the third message, and 
 in accordance with a determination that the third message and the fourth message were added to the messaging conversation by a second electronic device different from the first electronic device, the messaging user interface includes a third visual indication, different from the first visual indication, connecting the representation of the third message and the representation of the fourth message. 
 
     
     
       14. The electronic device of  claim 13 , wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that the third message was added to the messaging conversation by the second electronic device, and the fourth message was added to the messaging conversation by a third electronic device, different from the first and second electronic devices, the messaging user interface includes the third visual indication connecting the representation of the third message and the representation of the fourth message. 
 
     
     
       15. A non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by one or more processors of an electronic device, cause the electronic device to perform a method comprising:
 displaying, via a display generation component, a messaging user interface including a plurality of representations of a plurality of messages in a messaging conversation, including a representation of a first message, wherein the first message was added to the messaging conversation by a respective electronic device; 
 while displaying the messaging user interface, receiving, via one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs for adding a second message to the messaging conversation as a reply to the first message; and 
 in response to receiving the sequence of one or more inputs for adding the second message to the messaging conversation as the reply to the first message:
 updating the messaging user interface to add a representation of the second message and a first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that the messaging conversation includes two participants, the first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message is aligned with the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, and 
 in accordance with a determination that the messaging conversation includes three or more participants, the first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message is aligned with a visual representation of a participant displayed and associated with the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message. 
 
 
 
     
     
       16. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 15 , wherein the method further comprises:
 while displaying the messaging user interface including the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, and the first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, receiving an indication of a third message added to the messaging conversation; and 
 in response to receiving the indication of the third message added to the messaging conversation:
 updating the messaging user interface to add a representation of the third message; and 
 in accordance with a determination that the third message is a reply to the first message, displaying, in the messaging user interface, a third visual indication associated with the representation of the third message and the representation of the second message. 
 
 
     
     
       17. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 16 , wherein:
 the third message is a reply to the first message, and 
 in accordance with a determination that the third message was added to the messaging conversation by a third electronic device different from the first electronic device:
 the third visual indication associated with the representation of the third message and the representation of the second message is a visual indication connecting the first message and the third message that includes a respective indication aligned with the second message in the messaging user interface. 
 
 
     
     
       18. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 15 , wherein the respective electronic device is a second electronic device different from the first electronic device, and the method further comprises:
 while displaying the messaging user interface including the representation of the first message, the representation of the second message, and the first visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs for adding a third message to the messaging conversation as a reply to the first message; and 
 in response to receiving the sequence of one or more inputs for adding the third message to the messaging conversation as the reply to the first message:
 updating the messaging user interface to add a representation of the third message; and 
 replacing the first visual indication with a third visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the third message. 
 
 
     
     
       19. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 15 , wherein the messaging conversation includes a third message, and the method further comprises:
 receiving an indication of a fourth message added to the messaging conversation that is a reply to the third message; and 
 in response to receiving the indication of the fourth message added to the messaging conversation:
 displaying, in the messaging user interface, a representation of the fourth message and a respective visual indication connecting a first representation of the third message and the representation of the fourth message, wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that the messaging conversation includes one or more messages between the third message and the fourth message that are not replies to the third message, the first representation of the third message is an additional representation of the third message in the messaging user interface that was not included in the messaging user interface before receiving the indication of the fourth message added to the messaging conversation, and was added to the messaging user interface in response to receiving the indication of the fourth message added to the messaging conversation. 
 
 
 
     
     
       20. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 15 , wherein:
 the messaging user interface includes a representation of a third message and a representation of a fourth message that is a reply to the third message, and 
 in accordance with a determination that the third message and the fourth message were added to the messaging conversation by a second electronic device different from the first electronic device, the messaging user interface includes a third visual indication, different from the first visual indication, connecting the representation of the third message and the representation of the fourth message. 
 
     
     
       21. The non-transitory computer readable storage medium of  claim 20 , wherein:
 in accordance with a determination that the third message was added to the messaging conversation by the second electronic device, and the fourth message was added to the messaging conversation by a third electronic device, different from the first and second electronic devices, the messaging user interface includes the third visual indication connecting the representation of the third message and the representation of the fourth message.

Description:
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS 
     This application claims the priority benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/036,927, filed Jun. 9, 2020, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/041,994, filed Jun. 21, 2020, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes. 
    
    
     FIELD OF THE DISCLOSURE 
     This specification relates generally to electronic devices that present messaging user interfaces, and user interactions with such devices. 
     BACKGROUND 
     User interaction with electronic devices has increased significantly in recent years. These devices can be devices such as computers, tablet computers, televisions, multimedia devices, mobile devices, and the like. In some circumstances, users wish to use electronic devices to send and receive messages. An electronic device can present messaging user interfaces to facilitate doing so. 
     SUMMARY 
     Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed to ways of presenting representations of messaging conversations. Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed to ways of indicating which messages are important to a user and providing these messages in a prominent, easily accessible place in a user interface. Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed to ways of creating and presenting links (e.g., rich links) to tag a person in a messaging conversation. Some embodiments described in this disclosure are directed to presenting indications of messages that are replies to other messages. Enhancing messaging interactions improves the user&#39;s experience with the device and decreases user interaction time, which is particularly important where input devices are battery-operated. 
     It is well understood that the use of personally identifiable information should follow privacy policies and practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining the privacy of users. In particular, personally identifiable information data should be managed and handled so as to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use, and the nature of authorized use should be clearly indicated to users. 
    
    
     
       BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS 
       For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Detailed Description below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures. 
         FIG. 1A  is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 1B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 2  illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 3  is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 4A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 4B  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 5A  illustrates a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 5B  is a block diagram illustrating a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 5C-5D  illustrate exemplary components of a personal electronic device having a touch-sensitive display and intensity sensors in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 5E-5H  illustrate exemplary components and user interfaces of a personal electronic device in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 6A-6SS  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device presents representations of messaging conversations in accordance with some embodiments. 
         FIG. 7  is a flow diagram illustrating a method of presenting representations of messaging conversations in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. 
         FIGS. 8A-8AA  illustrate exemplary ways in which the electronic device indicates which messages are replies to other messages in a messaging conversation according to some embodiments. 
         FIG. 9  is a flow diagram illustrating a method of indicating which messages are replies to other messages in a messaging conversation according to some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 10A - 10 TTT illustrate various ways the electronic device creates and presents links (e.g., rich links) to contacts in a messaging conversation (e.g., “mentions”) according to some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 11A-11B  are flow diagrams illustrating a method of creating and presenting links (e.g., rich links) to contacts in a messaging conversation (e.g., “mentions”) according to some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 12A-12Y  illustrate various ways an electronic device presents indications of messages that are replies to other messages according to some embodiments. 
         FIG. 13  is a flow diagram illustrating a method of presenting indications of messages that are replies to other messages according to some embodiments. 
         FIGS. 14A-14K  illustrate various ways an electronic device presents options to create a link (e.g., a rich link) to contacts in a messaging conversation (e.g., “mentions”) using a suggested entry user interface element according to some embodiments 
         FIG. 15  is a flow diagram illustrating a method of presenting options to create a link (e.g., a rich link) to contacts in a messaging conversation (e.g., “mentions”) using a suggested entry user interface element. 
     
    
    
     DETAILED DESCRIPTION 
     Description of Embodiments 
     The following description sets forth exemplary methods, parameters, and the like. It should be recognized, however, that such description is not intended as a limitation on the scope of the present disclosure but is instead provided as a description of exemplary embodiments. 
     In some implementations, an example electronic device presents messaging user interfaces. In some implementations, the messaging user interfaces allow the user to organize representations of messaging conversations in a customized way. In some implementations, the messaging user interfaces allow the user an easy way to view replies to a message within a messaging conversation. In some implementations, the messaging user interfaces allow the user to create and view links (e.g., rich links) to tag a person in a conversation. Such techniques can reduce the cognitive burden on a user who uses an example electronic device. Further, these techniques can reduce processor and battery power otherwise wasted on redundant user inputs. 
     Although the following description uses terms “first,” “second,” etc. to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by the terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first touch could be termed a second touch, and, similarly, a second touch could be termed a first touch, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first touch and the second touch are both touches, but they are not the same touch. 
     The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof. 
     The term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context. 
     Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch screen display and/or a touchpad). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with a display generation component. The display generation component is configured to provide visual output, such as display via a CRT display, display via an LED display, or display via image projection. In some embodiments, the display generation component is integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the display generation component is separate from the computer system. As used herein, “displaying” content includes causing to display the content (e.g., video data rendered or decoded by display controller  156 ) by transmitting, via a wired or wireless connection, data (e.g., image data or video data) to an integrated or external display generation component to visually produce the content. 
     In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse, and/or a joystick. 
     The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application. 
     The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user. 
     Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays.  FIG. 1A  is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device  100  with touch-sensitive display system  112  in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display  112  is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience and is sometimes known as or called a “touch-sensitive display system.” Device  100  includes memory  102  (which optionally includes one or more computer-readable storage mediums), memory controller  122 , one or more processing units (CPUs)  120 , peripherals interface  118 , RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , input/output (I/O) subsystem  106 , other input control devices  116 , and external port  124 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more optical sensors  164 . Device  100  optionally includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on device  100  (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100 ). Device  100  optionally includes one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs on device  100  (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system  112  of device  100  or touchpad  355  of device  300 ). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines  103 . 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure, and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user&#39;s sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user&#39;s hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user&#39;s movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user. 
     It should be appreciated that device  100  is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device  100  optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in  FIG. 1A  are implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and/or application-specific integrated circuits. 
     Memory  102  optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Memory controller  122  optionally controls access to memory  102  by other components of device  100 . 
     Peripherals interface  118  can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU  120  and memory  102 . The one or more processors  120  run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory  102  to perform various functions for device  100  and to process data. In some embodiments, peripherals interface  118 , CPU  120 , and memory controller  122  are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip  104 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips. 
     RF (radio frequency) circuitry  108  receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry  108  optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The RF circuitry  108  optionally includes well-known circuitry for detecting near field communication (NFC) fields, such as by a short-range communication radio. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE), Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.11n, and/or IEEE 802.11ac), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document. 
     Audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , and microphone  113  provide an audio interface between a user and device  100 . Audio circuitry  110  receives audio data from peripherals interface  118 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker  111 . Speaker  111  converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  also receives electrical signals converted by microphone  113  from sound waves. Audio circuitry  110  converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface  118  for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory  102  and/or RF circuitry  108  by peripherals interface  118 . In some embodiments, audio circuitry  110  also includes a headset jack (e.g.,  212 ,  FIG. 2 ). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry  110  and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone). 
     I/O subsystem  106  couples input/output peripherals on device  100 , such as touch screen  112  and other input control devices  116 , to peripherals interface  118 . I/O subsystem  106  optionally includes display controller  156 , optical sensor controller  158 , intensity sensor controller  159 , haptic feedback controller  161 , and one or more input controllers  160  for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers  160  receive/send electrical signals from/to other input control devices  116 . The other input control devices  116  optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some embodiments, input controller(s)  160  are, optionally, coupled to any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, an infrared port, a USB port, and a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g.,  208 ,  FIG. 2 ) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker  111  and/or microphone  113 . The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g.,  206 ,  FIG. 2 ). In some embodiments, the electronic device is a computer system that is in communication (e.g., via wireless communication, via wired communication) with one or more input devices. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a trackpad, as part of a touch-sensitive display). In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include one or more camera sensors (e.g., one or more optical sensors  164  and/or one or more depth camera sensors  175 ), such as for tracking a user&#39;s gestures (e.g., hand gestures) as input. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are integrated with the computer system. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are separate from the computer system. 
     A quick press of the push button optionally disengages a lock of touch screen  112  or optionally begins a process that uses gestures on the touch screen to unlock the device, as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/322,549, “Unlocking a Device by Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image,” filed Dec. 23, 2005, U.S. Pat. No. 7,657,849, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. A longer press of the push button (e.g.,  206 ) optionally turns power to device  100  on or off. The functionality of one or more of the buttons are, optionally, user-customizable. Touch screen  112  is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards. 
     Touch-sensitive display  112  provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller  156  receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch screen  112 . Touch screen  112  displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output optionally corresponds to user-interface objects. 
     Touch screen  112  has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor, or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic and/or tactile contact. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory  102 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch screen  112  and convert the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages, or images) that are displayed on touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, a point of contact between touch screen  112  and the user corresponds to a finger of the user. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch screen  112  and display controller  156  optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch screen  112 . In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone® and iPod Touch® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is, optionally, analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads described in the following U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,846 (Westerman et al.), U.S. Pat. No. 6,570,557 (Westerman et al.), and/or U.S. Pat. No. 6,677,932 (Westerman), and/or U.S. Patent Publication 2002/0015024A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. However, touch screen  112  displays visual output from device  100 , whereas touch-sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output. 
     A touch-sensitive display in some embodiments of touch screen  112  is described in the following applications: (1) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/381,313, “Multipoint Touch Surface Controller,” filed May 2, 2006; (2) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/840,862, “Multipoint Touchscreen,” filed May 6, 2004; (3) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/903,964, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jul. 30, 2004; (4) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/048,264, “Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 31, 2005; (5) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/038,590, “Mode-Based Graphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices,” filed Jan. 18, 2005; (6) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,758, “Virtual Input Device Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (7) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,700, “Operation Of A Computer With A Touch Screen Interface,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; (8) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/228,737, “Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-Screen Virtual Keyboard,” filed Sep. 16, 2005; and (9) U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/367,749, “Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device,” filed Mar. 3, 2006. All of these applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. 
     Touch screen  112  optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen has a video resolution of approximately 160 dpi. The user optionally makes contact with touch screen  112  using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user. 
     In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device  100  optionally includes a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch screen  112  or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen. 
     Device  100  also includes power system  162  for powering the various components. Power system  162  optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more optical sensors  164 .  FIG. 1A  shows an optical sensor coupled to optical sensor controller  158  in I/O subsystem  106 . Optical sensor  164  optionally includes charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor  164  receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lenses, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module  143  (also called a camera module), optical sensor  164  optionally captures still images or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112  on the front of the device so that the touch screen display is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user&#39;s image is, optionally, obtained for video conferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen display. In some embodiments, the position of optical sensor  164  can be changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) so that a single optical sensor  164  is used along with the touch screen display for both video conferencing and still and/or video image acquisition. 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165 .  FIG. 1A  shows a contact intensity sensor coupled to intensity sensor controller  159  in I/O subsystem  106 . Contact intensity sensor  165  optionally includes one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors  166 .  FIG. 1A  shows proximity sensor  166  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, proximity sensor  166  is, optionally, coupled to input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Proximity sensor  166  optionally performs as described in U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/241,839, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/240,788, “Proximity Detector In Handheld Device”; Ser. No. 11/620,702, “Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output”; Ser. No. 11/586,862, “Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity In Portable Devices”; and Ser. No. 11/638,251, “Methods And Systems For Automatic Configuration Of Peripherals,” which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen  112  when the multifunction device is placed near the user&#39;s ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call). 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators  167 .  FIG. 1A  shows a tactile output generator coupled to haptic feedback controller  161  in I/O subsystem  106 . Tactile output generator  167  optionally includes one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Contact intensity sensor  165  receives tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module  133  and generates tactile outputs on device  100  that are capable of being sensed by a user of device  100 . In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112 ) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device  100 ) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device  100 ). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device  100 , opposite touch screen display  112 , which is located on the front of device  100 . 
     Device  100  optionally also includes one or more accelerometers  168 .  FIG. 1A  shows accelerometer  168  coupled to peripherals interface  118 . Alternately, accelerometer  168  is, optionally, coupled to an input controller  160  in I/O subsystem  106 . Accelerometer  168  optionally performs as described in U.S. Patent Publication No. 20050190059, “Acceleration-based Theft Detection System for Portable Electronic Devices,” and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, “Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based On An Accelerometer,” both of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device  100  optionally includes, in addition to accelerometer(s)  168 , a magnetometer (not shown) and a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location and orientation (e.g., portrait or landscape) of device  100 . 
     In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory  102  include operating system  126 , communication module (or set of instructions)  128 , contact/motion module (or set of instructions)  130 , graphics module (or set of instructions)  132 , text input module (or set of instructions)  134 , Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions)  135 , and applications (or sets of instructions)  136 . Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG. 1A ) or  370  ( FIG. 3 ) stores device/global internal state  157 , as shown in  FIGS. 1A and 3 . Device/global internal state  157  includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch screen display  112 ; sensor state, including information obtained from the device&#39;s various sensors and input control devices  116 ; and location information concerning the device&#39;s location and/or attitude. 
     Operating system  126  (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, iOS, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components. 
     Communication module  128  facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports  124  and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry  108  and/or external port  124 . External port  124  (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with, the 30-pin connector used on iPod® (trademark of Apple Inc.) devices. 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects contact with touch screen  112  (in conjunction with display controller  156 ) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module  130  includes various software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact, such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module  130  receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  and display controller  156  detect contact on a touchpad. 
     In some embodiments, contact/motion module  130  uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device  100 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined threshold values without changing the trackpad or touch screen display hardware. Additionally, in some implementations, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter). 
     Contact/motion module  130  optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (liftoff) event. 
     Graphics module  132  includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch screen  112  or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast, or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including, without limitation, text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations, and the like. 
     In some embodiments, graphics module  132  stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module  132  receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller  156 . 
     Haptic feedback module  133  includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s)  167  to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on device  100  in response to user interactions with device  100 . 
     Text input module  134 , which is, optionally, a component of graphics module  132 , provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts  137 , e-mail  140 , IM  141 , browser  147 , and any other application that needs text input). 
     GPS module  135  determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone  138  for use in location-based dialing; to camera  143  as picture/video metadata; and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets). 
     Applications  136  optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
         Contacts module  137  (sometimes called an address book or contact list);   Telephone module  138 ;   Video conference module  139 ;   E-mail client module  140 ;   Instant messaging (IM) module  141 ;   Workout support module  142 ;   Camera module  143  for still and/or video images;   Image management module  144 ;   Video player module;   Music player module;   Browser module  147 ;   Calendar module  148 ;   Widget modules  149 , which optionally include one or more of: weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , dictionary widget  149 - 5 , and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   Widget creator module  150  for making user-created widgets  149 - 6 ;   Search module  151 ;   Video and music player module  152 , which merges video player module and music player module;   Notes module  153 ;   Map module  154 ; and/or   Online video module  155 .       

     Examples of other applications  136  that are, optionally, stored in memory  102  include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , contacts module  137  are, optionally, used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state  192  of contacts module  137  in memory  102  or memory  370 ), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone  138 , video conference module  139 , e-mail  140 , or IM  141 ; and so forth. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , telephone module  138  are optionally, used to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in contacts module  137 , modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation, and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols, and technologies. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , microphone  113 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , contacts module  137 , and telephone module  138 , video conference module  139  includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140  includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module  144 , e-mail client module  140  makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module  143 . 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , the instant messaging module  141  includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in an MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, or IMPS). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , map module  154 , and music player module, workout support module  142  includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (sports devices); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store, and transmit workout data. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , optical sensor(s)  164 , optical sensor controller  158 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and image management module  144 , camera module  143  includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory  102 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video from memory  102 . 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and camera module  143 , image management module  144  includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , browser module  147  includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , calendar module  148  includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to-do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , widget modules  149  are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget  149 - 1 , stocks widget  149 - 2 , calculator widget  149 - 3 , alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , and dictionary widget  149 - 5 ) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget  149 - 6 ). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets). 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , and browser module  147 , the widget creator module  150  are, optionally, used by a user to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , search module  151  includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory  102  that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , and browser module  147 , video and music player module  152  includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present, or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen  112  or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ). In some embodiments, device  100  optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.). 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , and text input module  134 , notes module  153  includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with RF circuitry  108 , touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , text input module  134 , GPS module  135 , and browser module  147 , map module  154  are, optionally, used to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions, data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location, and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions. 
     In conjunction with touch screen  112 , display controller  156 , contact/motion module  130 , graphics module  132 , audio circuitry  110 , speaker  111 , RF circuitry  108 , text input module  134 , e-mail client module  140 , and browser module  147 , online video module  155  includes instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on an external, connected display via external port  124 ), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module  141 , rather than e-mail client module  140 , is used to send a link to a particular online video. Additional description of the online video application can be found in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 60/936,562, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Jun. 20, 2007, and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/968,067, “Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos,” filed Dec. 31, 2007, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     Each of the above-identified modules and applications corresponds to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. For example, video player module is, optionally, combined with music player module into a single module (e.g., video and music player module  152 ,  FIG. 1A ). In some embodiments, memory  102  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  102  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     In some embodiments, device  100  is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device  100 , the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device  100  is, optionally, reduced. 
     The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device  100  to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device  100 . In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad. 
       FIG. 1B  is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  102  ( FIG. 1A ) or  370  ( FIG. 3 ) includes event sorter  170  (e.g., in operating system  126 ) and a respective application  136 - 1  (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications  137 - 151 ,  155 ,  380 - 390 ). 
     Event sorter  170  receives event information and determines the application  136 - 1  and application view  191  of application  136 - 1  to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter  170  includes event monitor  171  and event dispatcher module  174 . In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes application internal state  192 , which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display  112  when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state  157  is used by event sorter  170  to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state  192  is used by event sorter  170  to determine application views  191  to which to deliver event information. 
     In some embodiments, application internal state  192  includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application  136 - 1  resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application  136 - 1 , a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application  136 - 1 , and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user. 
     Event monitor  171  receives event information from peripherals interface  118 . Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display  112 , as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface  118  transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem  106  or a sensor, such as proximity sensor  166 , accelerometer(s)  168 , and/or microphone  113  (through audio circuitry  110 ). Information that peripherals interface  118  receives from I/O subsystem  106  includes information from touch-sensitive display  112  or a touch-sensitive surface. 
     In some embodiments, event monitor  171  sends requests to the peripherals interface  118  at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripherals interface  118  transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration). 
     In some embodiments, event sorter  170  also includes a hit view determination module  172  and/or an active event recognizer determination module  173 . 
     Hit view determination module  172  provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views when touch-sensitive display  112  displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display. 
     Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture. 
     Hit view determination module  172  receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module  172  identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (e.g., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module  172 , the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view. 
     Active event recognizer determination module  173  determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module  173  determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views. 
     Event dispatcher module  174  dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer  180 ). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module  173 , event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module  173 . In some embodiments, event dispatcher module  174  stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver  182 . 
     In some embodiments, operating system  126  includes event sorter  170 . Alternatively, application  136 - 1  includes event sorter  170 . In yet other embodiments, event sorter  170  is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory  102 , such as contact/motion module  130 . 
     In some embodiments, application  136 - 1  includes a plurality of event handlers  190  and one or more application views  191 , each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application&#39;s user interface. Each application view  191  of the application  136 - 1  includes one or more event recognizers  180 . Typically, a respective application view  191  includes a plurality of event recognizers  180 . In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers  180  are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application  136 - 1  inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler  190  includes one or more of: data updater  176 , object updater  177 , GUI updater  178 , and/or event data  179  received from event sorter  170 . Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176 , object updater  177 , or GUI updater  178  to update the application internal state  192 . Alternatively, one or more of the application views  191  include one or more respective event handlers  190 . Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a respective application view  191 . 
     A respective event recognizer  180  receives event information (e.g., event data  179 ) from event sorter  170  and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer  180  includes event receiver  182  and event comparator  184 . In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  also includes at least a subset of: metadata  183 , and event delivery instructions  188  (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions). 
     Event receiver  182  receives event information from event sorter  170 . The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device. 
     Event comparator  184  compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  includes event definitions  186 . Event definitions  186  contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event  1  ( 187 - 1 ), event  2  ( 187 - 2 ), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event ( 187 ) include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event  1  ( 187 - 1 ) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second liftoff (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event  2  ( 187 - 2 ) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display  112 , and liftoff of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers  190 . 
     In some embodiments, event definition  187  includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display  112 , when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display  112 , event comparator  184  performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler  190 , the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler  190  should be activated. For example, event comparator  184  selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test. 
     In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event ( 187 ) also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer&#39;s event type. 
     When a respective event recognizer  180  determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions  186 , the respective event recognizer  180  enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  includes metadata  183  with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata  183  includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy. 
     In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  activates event handler  190  associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer  180  delivers event information associated with the event to event handler  190 . Activating an event handler  190  is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer  180  throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler  190  associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process. 
     In some embodiments, event delivery instructions  188  include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process. 
     In some embodiments, data updater  176  creates and updates data used in application  136 - 1 . For example, data updater  176  updates the telephone number used in contacts module  137 , or stores a video file used in video player module. In some embodiments, object updater  177  creates and updates objects used in application  136 - 1 . For example, object updater  177  creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater  178  updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater  178  prepares display information and sends it to graphics module  132  for display on a touch-sensitive display. 
     In some embodiments, event handler(s)  190  includes or has access to data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178 . In some embodiments, data updater  176 , object updater  177 , and GUI updater  178  are included in a single module of a respective application  136 - 1  or application view  191 . In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules. 
     It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices  100  with input devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc. on touchpads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized. 
       FIG. 2  illustrates a portable multifunction device  100  having a touch screen  112  in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI)  200 . In this embodiment, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers  202  (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses  203  (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward), and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device  100 . In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap. 
     Device  100  optionally also include one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button  204 . As described previously, menu button  204  is, optionally, used to navigate to any application  136  in a set of applications that are, optionally, executed on device  100 . Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on touch screen  112 . 
     In some embodiments, device  100  includes touch screen  112 , menu button  204 , push button  206  for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s)  208 , subscriber identity module (SIM) card slot  210 , headset jack  212 , and docking/charging external port  124 . Push button  206  is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In an alternative embodiment, device  100  also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone  113 . Device  100  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors  165  for detecting intensity of contacts on touch screen  112  and/or one or more tactile output generators  167  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  100 . 
       FIG. 3  is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device  300  need not be portable. In some embodiments, device  300  is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child&#39;s learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device  300  typically includes one or more processing units (CPUs)  310 , one or more network or other communications interfaces  360 , memory  370 , and one or more communication buses  320  for interconnecting these components. Communication buses  320  optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device  300  includes input/output (I/O) interface  330  comprising display  340 , which is typically a touch screen display. I/O interface  330  also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device)  350  and touchpad  355 , tactile output generator  357  for generating tactile outputs on device  300  (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s)  167  described above with reference to  FIG. 1A ), sensors  359  (e.g., optical, acceleration, proximity, touch-sensitive, and/or contact intensity sensors similar to contact intensity sensor(s)  165  described above with reference to  FIG. 1A ). Memory  370  includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory  370  optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s)  310 . In some embodiments, memory  370  stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG. 1A ), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100 . For example, memory  370  of device  300  optionally stores drawing module  380 , presentation module  382 , word processing module  384 , website creation module  386 , disk authoring module  388 , and/or spreadsheet module  390 , while memory  102  of portable multifunction device  100  ( FIG. 1A ) optionally does not store these modules. 
     Each of the above-identified elements in  FIG. 3  is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above-identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above-identified modules or programs (e.g., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures, or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise rearranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory  370  optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory  370  optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces that are, optionally, implemented on, for example, portable multifunction device  100 . 
       FIG. 4A  illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device  100  in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device  300 . In some embodiments, user interface  400  includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
         Signal strength indicator(s)  402  for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;   Time  404 ;   Bluetooth indicator  405 ;   Battery status indicator  406 ;   Tray  408  with icons for frequently used applications, such as:
           Icon  416  for telephone module  138 , labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator  414  of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages;   Icon  418  for e-mail client module  140 , labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator  410  of the number of unread e-mails;   Icon  420  for browser module  147 , labeled “Browser;” and   Icon  422  for video and music player module  152 , also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module  152 , labeled “iPod;” and   
           Icons for other applications, such as:
           Icon  424  for IM module  141 , labeled “Messages;”   Icon  426  for calendar module  148 , labeled “Calendar;”   Icon  428  for image management module  144 , labeled “Photos;”   Icon  430  for camera module  143 , labeled “Camera;”   Icon  432  for online video module  155 , labeled “Online Video;”   Icon  434  for stocks widget  149 - 2 , labeled “Stocks;”   Icon  436  for map module  154 , labeled “Maps;”   Icon  438  for weather widget  149 - 1 , labeled “Weather;”   Icon  440  for alarm clock widget  149 - 4 , labeled “Clock;”   Icon  442  for workout support module  142 , labeled “Workout Support;”   Icon  444  for notes module  153 , labeled “Notes;” and   Icon  446  for a settings application or module, labeled “Settings,” which provides access to settings for device  100  and its various applications  136 .   
               

     It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in  FIG. 4A  are merely exemplary. For example, icon  422  for video and music player module  152  is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon. 
       FIG. 4B  illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device  300 ,  FIG. 3 ) with a touch-sensitive surface  451  (e.g., a tablet or touchpad  355 ,  FIG. 3 ) that is separate from the display  450  (e.g., touch screen display  112 ). Device  300  also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors  359 ) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface  451  and/or one or more tactile output generators  357  for generating tactile outputs for a user of device  300 . 
     Although some of the examples that follow will be given with reference to inputs on touch screen display  112  (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in  FIG. 4B . In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG. 4B ) has a primary axis (e.g.,  452  in  FIG. 4B ) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g.,  453  in  FIG. 4B ) on the display (e.g.,  450 ). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g.,  460  and  462  in  FIG. 4B ) with the touch-sensitive surface  451  at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in  FIG. 4B, 460  corresponds to  468  and  462  corresponds to  470 ). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts  460  and  462 , and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g.,  451  in  FIG. 4B ) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g.,  450  in  FIG. 4B ) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein. 
     Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a mouse-based input or stylus input). For example, a swipe gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the swipe (e.g., instead of movement of the contact). As another example, a tap gesture is, optionally, replaced with a mouse click while the cursor is located over the location of the tap gesture (e.g., instead of detection of the contact followed by ceasing to detect the contact). Similarly, when multiple user inputs are simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice are, optionally, used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts are, optionally, used simultaneously. 
       FIG. 5A  illustrates exemplary personal electronic device  500 . Device  500  includes body  502 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the features described with respect to devices  100  and  300  (e.g.,  FIGS. 1A-4B ). In some embodiments, device  500  has touch-sensitive display screen  504 , hereafter touch screen  504 . Alternatively, or in addition to touch screen  504 , device  500  has a display and a touch-sensitive surface. As with devices  100  and  300 , in some embodiments, touch screen  504  (or the touch-sensitive surface) optionally includes one or more intensity sensors for detecting intensity of contacts (e.g., touches) being applied. The one or more intensity sensors of touch screen  504  (or the touch-sensitive surface) can provide output data that represents the intensity of touches. The user interface of device  500  can respond to touches based on their intensity, meaning that touches of different intensities can invoke different user interface operations on device  500 . 
     Exemplary techniques for detecting and processing touch intensity are found, for example, in related applications: International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/040061, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Displaying User Interface Objects Corresponding to an Application,” filed May 8, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2013/169849, and International Patent Application Serial No. PCT/US2013/069483, titled “Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Transitioning Between Touch Input to Display Output Relationships,” filed Nov. 11, 2013, published as WIPO Publication No. WO/2014/105276, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety. 
     In some embodiments, device  500  has one or more input mechanisms  506  and  508 . Input mechanisms  506  and  508 , if included, can be physical. Examples of physical input mechanisms include push buttons and rotatable mechanisms. In some embodiments, device  500  has one or more attachment mechanisms. Such attachment mechanisms, if included, can permit attachment of device  500  with, for example, hats, eyewear, earrings, necklaces, shirts, jackets, bracelets, watch straps, chains, trousers, belts, shoes, purses, backpacks, and so forth. These attachment mechanisms permit device  500  to be worn by a user. 
       FIG. 5B  depicts exemplary personal electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, device  500  can include some or all of the components described with respect to  FIGS. 1A, 1B , and  3 . Device  500  has bus  512  that operatively couples I/O section  514  with one or more computer processors  516  and memory  518 . I/O section  514  can be connected to display  504 , which can have touch-sensitive component  522  and, optionally, intensity sensor  524  (e.g., contact intensity sensor). In addition, I/O section  514  can be connected with communication unit  530  for receiving application and operating system data, using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, near field communication (NFC), cellular, and/or other wireless communication techniques. Device  500  can include input mechanisms  506  and/or  508 . Input mechanism  506  is, optionally, a rotatable input device or a depressible and rotatable input device, for example. Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a button, in some examples. 
     Input mechanism  508  is, optionally, a microphone, in some examples. Personal electronic device  500  optionally includes various sensors, such as GPS sensor  532 , accelerometer  534 , directional sensor  540  (e.g., compass), gyroscope  536 , motion sensor  538 , and/or a combination thereof, all of which can be operatively connected to I/O section  514 . 
     Memory  518  of personal electronic device  500  can include one or more non-transitory computer-readable storage mediums, for storing computer-executable instructions, which, when executed by one or more computer processors  516 , for example, can cause the computer processors to perform the techniques described below, including processes  700 ,  900 ,  1100 ,  1300 , and  1500  ( FIGS. 7, 9, 11, 13, and 15 ). A computer-readable storage medium can be any medium that can tangibly contain or store computer-executable instructions for use by or in connection with the instruction execution system, apparatus, or device. In some examples, the storage medium is a transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some examples, the storage medium is a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. The non-transitory computer-readable storage medium can include, but is not limited to, magnetic, optical, and/or semiconductor storages. Examples of such storage include magnetic disks, optical discs based on CD, DVD, or Blu-ray technologies, as well as persistent solid-state memory such as flash, solid-state drives, and the like. Personal electronic device  500  is not limited to the components and configuration of  FIG. 5B , but can include other or additional components in multiple configurations. 
     As used here, the term “affordance” refers to a user-interactive graphical user interface object that is, optionally, displayed on the display screen of devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500  ( FIGS. 1A, 3, and 5A-5B ). For example, an image (e.g., icon), a button, and text (e.g., hyperlink) each optionally constitute an affordance. 
     As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad  355  in  FIG. 3  or touch-sensitive surface  451  in  FIG. 4B ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system  112  in  FIG. 1A  or touch screen  112  in  FIG. 4A ) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch screen display, a detected contact on the touch screen acts as a “focus selector” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider, or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user&#39;s intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device). 
     As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally, based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds optionally includes a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective operation or forgo performing the respective operation), rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation. 
       FIG. 5C  illustrates detecting a plurality of contacts  552 A- 552 E on touch-sensitive display screen  504  with a plurality of intensity sensors  524 A- 524 D.  FIG. 5C  additionally includes intensity diagrams that show the current intensity measurements of the intensity sensors  524 A- 524 D relative to units of intensity. In this example, the intensity measurements of intensity sensors  524 A and  524 D are each 9 units of intensity, and the intensity measurements of intensity sensors  524 B and  524 C are each 7 units of intensity. In some implementations, an aggregate intensity is the sum of the intensity measurements of the plurality of intensity sensors  524 A- 524 D, which in this example is 32 intensity units. In some embodiments, each contact is assigned a respective intensity that is a portion of the aggregate intensity.  FIG. 5D  illustrates assigning the aggregate intensity to contacts  552 A- 552 E based on their distance from the center of force  554 . In this example, each of contacts  552 A,  552 B, and  552 E are assigned an intensity of contact of 8 intensity units of the aggregate intensity, and each of contacts  552 C and  552 D are assigned an intensity of contact of 4 intensity units of the aggregate intensity. More generally, in some implementations, each contact j is assigned a respective intensity Ij that is a portion of the aggregate intensity, A, in accordance with a predefined mathematical function, Ij=A·(Dj/ΣDi), where Dj is the distance of the respective contact j to the center of force, and ΣDi is the sum of the distances of all the respective contacts (e.g., i=1 to last) to the center of force. The operations described with reference to  FIGS. 5C-5D  can be performed using an electronic device similar or identical to device  100 ,  300 , or  500 . In some embodiments, a characteristic intensity of a contact is based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the intensity sensors are used to determine a single characteristic intensity (e.g., a single characteristic intensity of a single contact). It should be noted that the intensity diagrams are not part of a displayed user interface, but are included in  FIGS. 5C-5D  to aid the reader. 
     In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For example, a touch-sensitive surface optionally receives a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location, at which point the intensity of the contact increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location is, optionally, based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm is, optionally, applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. 
     The intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, characterized relative to one or more intensity thresholds, such as a contact-detection intensity threshold, a light press intensity threshold, a deep press intensity threshold, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the light press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, the deep press intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the light press intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures. 
     An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the light press intensity threshold to an intensity between the light press intensity threshold and the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “light press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the deep press intensity threshold to an intensity above the deep press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as a “deep press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold and the light press intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero. 
     In some embodiments described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., a “down stroke” of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input). 
       FIGS. 5E-5H  illustrate detection of a gesture that includes a press input that corresponds to an increase in intensity of a contact  562  from an intensity below a light press intensity threshold (e.g., “ITL”) in  FIG. 5E , to an intensity above a deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “IT′D”) in  FIG. 5H . The gesture performed with contact  562  is detected on touch-sensitive surface  560  while cursor  576  is displayed over application icon  572 B corresponding to App  2 , on a displayed user interface  570  that includes application icons  572 A- 572 D displayed in predefined region  574 . In some embodiments, the gesture is detected on touch-sensitive display  504 . The intensity sensors detect the intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface  560 . The device determines that the intensity of contact  562  peaked above the deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “IT′D”). Contact  562  is maintained on touch-sensitive surface  560 . In response to the detection of the gesture, and in accordance with contact  562  having an intensity that goes above the deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “IT′D”) during the gesture, reduced-scale representations  578 A- 578 C (e.g., thumbnails) of recently opened documents for App  2  are displayed, as shown in  FIGS. 5F-5H . In some embodiments, the intensity, which is compared to the one or more intensity thresholds, is the characteristic intensity of a contact. It should be noted that the intensity diagram for contact  562  is not part of a displayed user interface, but is included in  FIGS. 5E-5H  to aid the reader. 
     In some embodiments, the display of representations  578 A- 578 C includes an animation. For example, representation  578 A is initially displayed in proximity of application icon  572 B, as shown in  FIG. 5F . As the animation proceeds, representation  578 A moves upward and representation  578 B is displayed in proximity of application icon  572 B, as shown in  FIG. 5G . Then, representations  578 A moves upward,  578 B moves upward toward representation  578 A, and representation  578 C is displayed in proximity of application icon  572 B, as shown in  FIG. 5H . Representations  578 A- 578 C form an array above icon  572 B. In some embodiments, the animation progresses in accordance with an intensity of contact  562 , as shown in  FIGS. 5F-5G , where the representations  578 A- 578 C appear and move upwards as the intensity of contact  562  increases toward the deep press intensity threshold (e.g., “ITS”). In some embodiments, the intensity, on which the progress of the animation is based, is the characteristic intensity of the contact. The operations described with reference to  FIGS. 5E-5H  can be performed using an electronic device similar or identical to device  100 ,  300 , or  500 . 
     In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., an “up stroke” of the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances). 
     For ease of explanation, the descriptions of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting either: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and/or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold. 
     As used herein, an “installed application” refers to a software application that has been downloaded onto an electronic device (e.g., devices  100 ,  300 , and/or  500 ) and is ready to be launched (e.g., become opened) on the device. In some embodiments, a downloaded application becomes an installed application by way of an installation program that extracts program portions from a downloaded package and integrates the extracted portions with the operating system of the computer system. 
     As used herein, the terms “open application” or “executing application” refer to a software application with retained state information (e.g., as part of device/global internal state  157  and/or application internal state  192 ). An open or executing application is, optionally, any one of the following types of applications:
         an active application, which is currently displayed on a display screen of the device that the application is being used on;   a background application (or background processes), which is not currently displayed, but one or more processes for the application are being processed by one or more processors; and   a suspended or hibernated application, which is not running, but has state information that is stored in memory (volatile and non-volatile, respectively) and that can be used to resume execution of the application.       

     As used herein, the term “closed application” refers to software applications without retained state information (e.g., state information for closed applications is not stored in a memory of the device). Accordingly, closing an application includes stopping and/or removing application processes for the application and removing state information for the application from the memory of the device. Generally, opening a second application while in a first application does not close the first application. When the second application is displayed and the first application ceases to be displayed, the first application becomes a background application. 
     Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) and associated processes that are implemented on an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device  100 , device  300 , or device  500 . 
     User Interfaces and Associated Processes 
     User Interfaces for Displaying Representations of Messaging Conversations 
     Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners, including using electronic devices to view messaging conversations. The embodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic device displays representations of messaging conversations that, when selected, cause the electronic device to display the messaging conversation associated with the selected representation. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays one or more representations of messaging conversations in a “pinned” region of the user interface according to a user-defined order. Displaying representations of messaging conversations in a user-defined order enhances interactions with a device such as by making it easier for the user to locate representations of certain conversations, thus reducing the amount of time a user needs to perform navigational operations and reducing the power usage of the device, which increases battery life for battery-powered devices. It is understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a user of the device. 
     In some embodiments, an electronic device sorts one or more messaging conversations chronologically (e.g., based on recency of messaging activity for those conversations). Users may wish to configure the electronic device to display one or more representations of messaging conversations at a predetermined location in the user interface independent from chronology of messaging activity.  FIGS. 6A-6SS  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device  500  displays representations of messaging conversations according to some embodiments. The embodiments in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes described with reference to  FIG. 7 . Although  FIGS. 6A-6SS  illustrate various examples of ways an electronic device is able to perform the processes described below with reference to  FIG. 7 , it should be understood that these examples are not meant to be limiting, and the electronic device is able to perform one or more processes described below with reference to  FIG. 7  in ways not expressly described with reference to  FIGS. 6A-6SS . 
       FIG. 6A  illustrates an electronic device  500  displaying an exemplary user interface  602  for setting up a pinned conversations feature of a messaging application. In some embodiments, the user interface  602  is displayed in response to detecting activation of a pinned conversations feature (e.g., in response to a user input to configure pinned conversations, in response to installing an updated version of a messaging application on the electronic device that includes the pinned conversations feature, etc.). In some embodiments, pinning a conversation allows a user to place a representation of the conversation in a prominent location in the user interface so that, for as long as the conversation is pinned, it will display in an easily accessible location. For example, a user may message daily with his best friend. The user may want to pin the representation of the messaging conversation with his best friend to a top portion of a messaging application&#39;s user interface so that when the user enters the messaging application, the user can easily see the pinned conversation. The messaging application is optionally an application installed on the electronic device  500  by which the electronic device is able to send/receive electronic messages, and that displays information related to those messages as described herein. In some embodiments, the pinned conversations feature causes the electronic device  500  to display one or more representations of conversations in fixed locations in a messaging application, while representations of unpinned conversations are sorted, e.g., in a list format, based on how recently new messaging activity has been received in the conversation so that older messages are displayed at the bottom of the list. In some embodiments, one or both of the pinned and non-pinned messages are sorted according to different criteria. In some embodiments, both pinned and non-pinned messages are sorted according to the same criteria. For example, both types of messages can each be sorted chronologically or in a predetermined order. 
     As shown in  FIG. 6A , in some embodiments, a user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) an option  604  to proceed to configure pinned conversations. In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 6A , the electronic device  500  presents a user interface, e.g., the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 6B , to customize pinned conversations. 
       FIG. 6B  illustrates an example messaging application user interface that includes representations  606   a - c  of messaging conversations to be displayed in a pinned conversations region of the messaging application user interface and representations  610   a - d  of conversations to be displayed in an unpinned messages region of the messages user interface. In some embodiments, the messaging application may recommend a different number of conversations to be pinned. In some embodiments, a user can select representations of different conversations (e.g.,  610   a - d ) to be pinned. The messaging conversations represented by representations  606   a - c  are optionally selected by the electronic device  500  based on how frequently and/or recently messages have been received in the conversations and/or based on whether or not the participants in the conversations are on a favorite contacts list of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  does not suggest conversations to be pinned. 
     Representations  606   a - 606   c  are optionally displayed with selectable options  608  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to remove the conversation from the pinned conversations region (e.g., and moved to the unpinned region as a representation  610 ). Representations  610   a - d  are optionally displayed with selectable options  612  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to add the respective conversation to the pinned conversations region (e.g., and removed as a representation  610  from the unpinned region). In some embodiments, the user is able to select which representations should be displayed in the pinned conversations region and which representations should be displayed in the unpinned conversations region. In some embodiments, the representations  610   a - d  of unpinned messaging conversations are sorted based on how recently new messaging activity was received in the conversations. In some embodiments, the representations  606   a  of the pinned conversations are sorted based on other criteria, such as how often new messaging activity is received in the messaging conversation or other criteria. 
     In some embodiments, the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 6B  further includes a selectable option  614   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to forgo adding any conversations to the pinned conversations region of the messaging user interface and a selectable option  614   b  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to save the displayed arrangement of pinned conversations and unpinned conversations and display the messages user interface. 
     As shown in  FIG. 6B , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) the option  614   b  to save the configuration of pinned and unpinned conversations and display the messaging user interface with pinned and unpinned conversations displayed according to the configuration, e.g., as shown in  FIG. 6C . 
       FIG. 6C  illustrates an exemplary messaging user interface including representations  606   a - c  of pinned conversations and representations  616   a - f  of unpinned conversations. The arrangement of the representations  606   a - c  and  616   a - f  are the same in  FIG. 6B  as in  FIG. 6C . Thus, in some embodiments, the user is able to use the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 6B  to configure the messaging user interface, e.g., by selecting which conversations should be pinned, which conversations should be unpinned, and the arrangement of the pinned conversations in the user interface to be displayed. The electronic device  500  then displays the messaging user interface according to the configuration, e.g., as illustrated in  FIG. 6C . The user interface optionally includes a selectable option  622   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to display one or more settings related to the messaging user interface and a selectable option  622   b  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate a process for composing a new message. In some embodiments, the one or more settings related to the messaging user interface displayed in response to selection of option  622   a  includes an option to re-arrange and change the conversations that are currently displayed in the pinned conversation region in the user interface. 
     The representations  606   a - c  of the pinned messaging conversations optionally include images (e.g., avatars) representing the one or more users participating in each messaging conversation. In some implementations, the images of conversation participants do not include the user of the electronic device  500 . In some implementations, each representation of a messaging conversation includes text indicating the names of the users in the conversation. In some embodiments, a group conversation is given a nickname which is displayed in place of the names of the participants in the conversation. In some embodiments, an image is associated with a group conversation (e.g., other than the images associated with the users in the conversation), and the image is used to represent the group messaging conversation, e.g., the images associated with the users in the conversation are replaced with the image associated with the conversation, as will be described in more detail below with reference to  FIG. 6I . 
     In some embodiments, the representations  616   a - f  of the unpinned messaging conversations each include an image  618   a  representing the user or plurality of users included in the conversation other than the user of the electronic device  500 , an indication  618   b  of the names of the one or more users in the conversation other than the user of the electronic device  500 , and an indication  618   c  of the most recent messaging activity in the conversation. Representations  616   a - b  and  616   d - f  optionally represent conversations including one other user in addition to the user of the electronic device  500 , and representation  616   c  represents a conversation including two users in addition to the user of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, if an image is associated with a group conversation that is an image other than the images representing the users in the conversation, the electronic device  500  displays the image associated with the group in the representation  616  (e.g., in representation  616   c ) instead of the images associated with the users in the conversation. 
     In some embodiments, the representations  606   a - c  of the pinned conversations do not include indications of the most-recent, read messaging activity in those conversations, because, e.g., there is no messaging activity in those conversations that is unread by the user of the electronic device  500 . In contrast, in some embodiments, the representations  616   a - f  of the unpinned conversations include indications of the most-recent, read messaging activity in the conversations, because, e.g., the messaging activity in those conversations has been “read” by the user. In some embodiments, messaging activity includes messages (e.g., text messages, audio messages, messages including images or other media) and tags added to messages (e.g., a heart tag, a thumbs up tag, a thumbs down tag, a laugh tag, an emphasis tag, etc.). 
     In  FIG. 6D , the electronic device  500  optionally detects an indication  624   d  of messaging activity received from a contact (e.g., Alice) that is participating in a messaging conversation with a user of the electronic device  500 , which the user has pinned in the messaging application user interface. In response to detecting the indication  624  of receipt of Alice&#39;s message, the electronic device  500  optionally displays a representation  626   a  of the received, unread messaging activity—which is the addition of a tag (e.g., a “heart” tag) to one of the messages in the conversation—that is displayed overlaid on the representation  606   a  of the messaging conversation. The electronic device  500  optionally additionally displays an indication  620   a  that there is unread messaging activity in the conversation proximate to the representation  606   a  of the messaging conversation. 
     In  FIG. 6E , the electronic device  500  receives an indication  624   e  that a user (e.g., Bob) is supplying an input to create messaging activity in one of the conversations (e.g., currently typing a message before sending the messaging). In response to the indication  624   e , the electronic device  500  optionally displays an indication  626   b  of the input overlaid on the representation  606   b  of the messaging conversation to which the user is supplying the input. As shown in  FIG. 6E , the indication  626   a  of the messaging activity in the other (e.g., Alice) conversation optionally remains displayed at the same size and/or location at which the indication  626   a  was displayed in  FIG. 6D . In some embodiments, the indication  626   a  is displayed at a smaller size in response to receiving the indication  624   e.    
     In  FIG. 6F , the electronic device  500  optionally receives an indication  624   f  of messaging activity received in one of the conversations (e.g., conversation with Bob). As shown in  FIG. 6F , in response to receiving indication  624   f , that a new message added to the conversation, the electronic device  500  displays a representation  626   c  of the new, unread message. The content of representation  626   c  is optionally the content of the message, and the representation  626   c  is optionally displayed overlaid on the representation  606   b  of the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, if the length of the incoming message exceeds a predetermined threshold, the indication of the message  626   c  includes the initial portion of the message text followed by an indication that the message continues (e.g., “ . . . ”). The electronic device  500  optionally further displays an indication  620   b  that there is unread messaging activity in the conversation represented by representation  606   b  which is proximate to the representation  606   b  of the conversation. As shown in  FIG. 6F , in some embodiments, in response to receiving an indication, e.g., indication  624   f , of anew message, the electronic device  500  changes the size (e.g., reduces the size) and/or location of previously-received, unread messages in pinned conversations. For example, as illustrated in  FIG. 6F , the indication  626   a  of the previously-received, unread messaging activity in the conversation with Alice is reduced in size when indication  626   c  is received for the messaging conversation represented by representation  606   b . In some embodiments, the locations of indications of unread messages are displayed in the same relative position for each pinned conversation. For example, as illustrated in  FIG. 6F , indication  626   c  is the same relative to representation  606   b  as the location of indication  626   a  relative to representation  606   a . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  ceases displaying indications of unread messages in other pinned conversations when a new unread message is received for a particular messaging conversation. Instead, only an indication is displayed for the new unread message that was most recently received. For example, in  FIG. 6F  indication  626   b  may be the only indication shown in the pinned conversation region in response to receiving indication  624   f.    
     In  FIG. 6G , the electronic device  500  optionally receives an indication  624   g  of messaging activity in one of the messaging conversations (e.g., conversation with Alice). In response to the indication  624   g , the electronic device  500  optionally displays an indication  626   d  of the messaging activity overlaid on the representation  606   a  of the messaging conversation, and decreases the size (while maintaining the same position) and/or changes the position of indication  626   c  of a previously-received messaging activity. In some embodiments, the indication  626   d  of the messaging activity includes at least a portion of the message. If the length of the message exceeds a predetermined threshold, the electronic device  500  displays the first portion of the message with an indication that the message continues (e.g., “ . . . ”). In some embodiments, indication  626   a  continues to be displayed in response to indication  624   g . In some embodiments, indication  626   d  is displayed at the same location at which indication  626   a  was displayed. In some embodiments, indication  626   d  is displayed at a different location from the location at which indication  626   a  was displayed. The electronic device  500  optionally continues to display the indication  620   a  of unread messaging activity in the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  ceases to display the representation  626   a  shown in  FIG. 6F  of the messaging activity that was previously received in the same messaging conversation. 
     In  FIG. 6H , the electronic device  500  optionally receives an indication  624   h  of messaging activity in one of the unpinned conversations (e.g., conversation with Mom). In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  updates the representation  616   f  of the conversation to include an indication  618   f  of the most recent messaging activity in the conversation and an indication  620   c  that there is unread messaging activity in the conversation. As shown in  FIG. 6H , the indication  620   c  can be a dot displayed next to image  618   d  representing the user in the conversation in which the message was received. IN some embodiments, rather than displaying indication  620   c , the electronic device  500  can update the representation  616   f  of the messaging conversation, such as changing the color, size, translucency, etc. of the representation  616   f  or changing the size and/or text styling of the name  618   e  of the user in the conversation or the text  618   f  of the message. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  re-orders the representations  618   a - f  of the unpinned messaging conversations to display the representation  616   f  with the recent message from Mom at the top of the list of representations in the unpinned region. As shown in  FIG. 6H , the sizes of indications  626   c - d  of messaging activities received in the pinned conversations optionally do not change in response to the indication  624   h  of the messaging activity received in the unpinned conversation. In some embodiments, however, the indications  626   c - d  are displayed at a smaller size than before in response to the indication  624   h . In some embodiments, the sizes of indications  626   c - d  get smaller over time (e.g., as time elapses since the messaging activity for those indications  626   c - d  was received) irrespective of newly received messaging activity in either the pinned or unpinned conversations. 
     As shown in  FIG. 6I , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  receives an indication  624   i  of a new messaging activity received in a group conversation that is pinned (e.g., from Chris in the Chris, Alex and Eve conversation). In response to indication  624   i , the electronic device  500  optionally displays an indication  622   e  of the messaging activity overlaid on the representation  606   c  of the conversation proximate to the image associated with Chris, and displays an indication  620   d  of unread messaging activity proximate to the representation  606   c  of the conversation. The electronic device  500  optionally updates the representation  606   c  of the conversation to display the image corresponding to the contact that sent the message to the side (e.g., left side) of the rest of the representation  606   c  (e.g., the avatar for Chris moves from inside representation  606   c  to an outer portion of representation  606   c ). As shown in  FIG. 6I , in some embodiments, the indication  622   e  is displayed proximate to the avatar for Chris. In some embodiments, the representations of the other users in the group conversation remain inside representation  606   c . In some embodiments, if the representation  606   c  of the group conversation is an image other than the images associated with the users in the conversation, the electronic device  500  optionally updates the representation  606   c  to include the image (e.g., avatar) corresponding to the user that sent the received message as shown in  FIG. 6I , but the representation would be overlaid on the outer portion of the image representing the group rather than being overlaid on the outer portion of a container with the images representing the other users in the conversation (e.g., as shown in  FIG. 6I ). In some embodiments, the indication  622   e  includes at least a portion of the content of the message. If the message is less than a threshold length, the indication  622   e  optionally includes the entire content of the message. If the message is more than the threshold length, the indication  622   e  optionally includes a first portion of the message and an indication that the message continues (e.g., “ . . . ”). 
     As also shown in  FIG. 6I , in some embodiments, the indications  626   c - d  of the other messaging activities in the pinned conversations are reduced in size (e.g., while remaining at the same positions) in response to indication  624   i . The sizes of indications  626   c - d  are smaller than the sizes of the indications  626   c - d  in  FIG. 6H  prior to receiving indication  624   i.    
     As shown in  FIG. 6I , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) the representation  606   a  of one of the conversations. In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 6I , the electronic device  500  optionally displays the messaging conversation corresponding to representation  606   a , as shown in  FIG. 6J . 
     As shown in  FIG. 6J , the electronic device  500  optionally displays a user interface  626  including indications of the messaging activities of the messaging conversation, including an indication of a tag added to one of the messages which was received in  FIG. 6D , and a representation of a message received in  FIG. 6G . As shown in  FIG. 6J , in some embodiments, the user navigates back (e.g., with contact  603 ) to the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 6K . As shown in  FIG. 6K , in some embodiments, when the electronic device  500  displays the messaging user interface again, the electronic device  500  optionally displays representation  606   a  without indications  626   d  and  620   a  because the message associated with indication  626   d  has been read by the user of electronic device  500  (e.g., the content of the messaging conversation has been displayed by device  500  in  FIG. 6J ) and there are no new unread messages associated in the message conversation with Alice. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  provides ways for the user to re-arrange the representations of messaging conversations in the messaging user interface to move unpinned conversations to the group of pinned conversations and vice-versa. 
     In  FIG. 6K , the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) one of the representations  616   c  of an unpinned conversation, for example. In some embodiments, the contact  603  is detected on the representation  616   c  for a period of time exceeding a predetermined threshold (e.g., 0.25 seconds or 0.5 seconds or 1 second) before movement of the contact is detected, thereby dragging the representation of the conversation, as shown in  FIG. 6L . In some embodiments, if the contact  603  is not detected for longer than the predetermined threshold before movement of the contact is detected, the input is optionally interpreted as a scrolling input to scroll through the unpinned conversations rather than an input to move an unpinned conversation to the pinned region. 
     In some embodiments, (e.g., once the user begins to move contact  603 ) after the predetermined threshold, device  500  optionally ceases to display representation  616   c  in the unpinned region, and changes the representation of the conversation to representation  606   d  (e.g., a pinned region representation), as shown in  FIG. 6L . In  FIG. 6L , the user optionally continues to drag (e.g., with contact  603 ) the representation  606   d  of the conversation, which is optionally now a representation of a pinned conversation, towards the other representations  606   a - c  of pinned conversations. In some embodiments, when the electronic device  500  begins displaying representation  606   d , the electronic device  500  moves representations  616   a - b  and  616   d - g  down to create an open row in the pinned region of the user interface (e.g., the row in which representation  606   c  is displayed in  FIG. 6M , the region in which message  648  is displayed in  FIG. 6FF , etc.) towards which the user is able to drag representation  606   d , if the user chooses to do so. In some embodiments, representation  616   c  continues to be displayed until it is dragged to the pinned conversations region of the user interface. In some embodiments, once representation  616   c  is dragged to the pinned conversations region of the user interface, the electronic device  500  replaces representation  616   c  with representation  606   d  of the pinned conversation. 
     In  FIG. 6M , the user has placed the representation  606   d  of the messaging conversation with the other representations  606   a - c  of pinned conversations (e.g., representation  606   d  is optionally placed upon detecting liftoff of contact  603  at the location of contact  603  when liftoff was detected). As shown in  FIG. 6M , in some embodiments, the user is able to choose the location within the pinned conversation region in which to place the representation  606   d . In  FIG. 6M , the user has moved representation  606   d  to a location determined to be representation  606   c  (e.g., a location closer to representation  606   c  than another representation (e.g., representation  606   b ), and lifted off contact  603 , which optionally caused representation  606   d  to be displayed in place of representation  606   c , and moved representation  606   c  down to a second line of representations in the pinned region (e.g., automatically created by device  500  upon detecting the addition of representation  606   d , and overflow of the first line of pinned representations). In contrast to the ordering of pinned conversations, in some embodiments, representations  616   a - b  and  616   d - f  of unpinned conversations are arranged according to the order in which the most recent messaging activity in the conversation was received. 
     As also shown in  FIG. 6M , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) a representation  606   a  of another pinned conversation. In some embodiments, the contact  603  is detected on the representation  606   a  for a period of time exceeding a predetermined threshold (e.g., 0.25 seconds or 0.5 seconds or 1 second) before movement of the contact is detected, thereby dragging the representation of the conversation, as shown in  FIG. 6N . 
     In some embodiments, upon detecting movement of representation  606   a  outside of the pinned region and into the unpinned region, device  500  changes representation  606   a  to an unpinned representation  616   h  (e.g., no longer displays representation  606   a ), as shown in  FIG. 6N . In  FIG. 6N , the user continues dragging (e.g., with contact  603 ) the representation  616   h  of the messaging conversation, which is now displayed as a representation  616   h  of an unpinned conversation, into the unpinned conversation region of the user interface, for example. Thus, as shown in  FIG. 6N , in some embodiments, the representation of the conversation is displayed as a representation  616   h  of an unpinned conversation as soon as the user drags representation  606   a  from the pinned region of the user interface to the unpinned region of the user interface. In some embodiments, however, the electronic device  500  displays the representation  606   a  of the pinned conversation while the user continues to drag the representation into the unpinned region of the user interface and updates the representation to a representation  616   h  of an unpinned conversation in response to detecting liftoff of contact  603  illustrated in  FIG. 6N . 
     As shown in  FIG. 6O , when liftoff of contact  603  is detected, the electronic device  500  displays the representation  616   h  of the messaging conversation among the other representations  616   a - b  and  616   d - f  of unpinned conversations. Rather than displaying the representation  616   h  at the location at which liftoff of contact  603  was detected, the electronic device  500  sorts the representations  616  of the unpinned conversations according to how recently the last messaging activity in each conversation was received. Therefore, in some embodiments, even though liftoff of contact  603  was detected while representation  616   h  was displayed below representation  616   a , in response to detecting the liftoff of contact  603 , representation  616   h  is displayed above representation  616   a  in the unpinned conversation region because the last messaging activity in the conversation corresponding to representation  616   h  was more recent than the last messaging activity in the conversation corresponding to representation  616   a.    
     Also shown in  FIG. 6O , the user may select (e.g., with contact  603 ) the option  622   a  to show one or more selectable options for performing actions related to the messages user interface (e.g., selecting one or more messaging conversations, editing information associated with the user account of the electronic device, editing pinned and unpinned conversations). In some embodiments, the user is able to select an option (not shown) to cause the electronic device  500  to display a user interface for editing which conversations are pinned and unpinned. 
       FIG. 6P  illustrates an exemplary user interface for editing which conversations are pinned and unpinned. The user interface illustrated in  FIG. 6P  is optionally similar to the user interface described above with reference to  FIG. 6B . Representations  606   b - d  of pinned conversations may include selectable options  608  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to remove an associated representation  606  from the pinned conversations (e.g., and move the conversation to the unpinned region). The electronic device can animate the representations  606   b - d  of the pinned conversations in a wiggling or other motion to indicate that the position of the representations  606   b - d  can be changed and which conversations are pinned and which conversations are not pinned can be changed. Representations  610   a - b ,  610   d ,  610   f , and  610   h  of unpinned conversations optionally include selectable options  612  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to add an associated representation  610  to the pinned conversations (e.g., and remove the conversation from the unpinned region). Thus, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  moves representations between the pinned and unpinned conversation sections of the user interface according to one or more user inputs to do so. As shown in  FIG. 6P , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) an option to save changes to the pinned conversations and navigate back to the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 6Q . 
     In  FIG. 6Q , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) the representation  616   f  of a conversation with an unread message, as indicated by indication  620   c  included in representation  616   f . In response to the user&#39;s selection, the electronic device  500  optionally displays the messaging conversation in a manner similar to the way  FIG. 6J  illustrates a different messaging conversation. After the user navigates back from the messaging conversation, the electronic device  500  optionally displays the representation  616   f  of the messaging conversation without the indication  620   c  of the unread message, because the message has been read by the user, as shown in  FIG. 6R . 
       FIG. 6S  illustrates the electronic device  500  displaying an exemplary messaging user interface with representations  606   e ,  606   g ,  616   i , and  616   j  of group conversations including three or more users (including the user of the electronic device  500 ) (e.g., in addition to other representations of conversations, the details of which have been described with reference to  FIGS. 6A-6R ). 
     Representations  606   e  and  616   i  optionally include images (e.g., avatars)  630   a - 630   f  of other users included in the group conversations. The representations  630   a - 630   f  are optionally sized based on how recently each user sent messaging activity to the group conversation. In the conversation associated with representation  606   e , representation  630   f  is optionally displayed at the largest size among the other representations in the conversation because the user associated with that representation  630   f  is the most recent user, other than the user of the electronic device  500 , to send messaging activity to the group conversation. The user associated with representation  630   d  is optionally the least recent user, other than the user of the electronic device  500 , to send messaging activity to the group conversation, so representation  630   d  is optionally the smallest representation of a user included in the representation  606   e  of the group conversation. In some embodiments, the representation  616   i  of an unpinned group conversation similarly includes avatars  630   a - c  of the users in the group conversation. In some embodiments, representations of pinned and unpinned group conversations are displayed in similar manners. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays representations of the users in a group conversation up to a maximum number of representations of users (e.g., 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 9 users) in the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 6S . If there are more users in the conversation than the maximum number of representations of users that are displayed, the electronic device  500  optionally displays the maximum number of users that most recently added messaging activity to the messaging conversation in the representation of the group conversation. In some embodiments, while displaying a messaging conversation of a group conversation (e.g., in a user interface similar to the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 6J ), the electronic device  500  is able to display a different maximum number (e.g., 4 or 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 9 or 10 or 11 or 12 or 13) of representations of users at the top of the user interface that is either greater than or less than the maximum number of representations of users that can be displayed in a representation of a group conversation in the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 6S . In some implementations, the representation of the message that displays images associated with others in the group message is based on a template. Each template can change the size and position of images associated with others in a group message. Changes in size and position of images may be based on the recency of messages received by each person in the group. There may be a specific template based on the number of people in the group message. For example, a group message that includes three people besides the user of an electronic device may have spaces for three images representing the other people in the group message. Each group message that includes three people besides the user of the electronic device may use the same template (e.g., change sizes and positions in the same manner) so that each group message representation shows images in a uniform manner. For example, the image representing a person who sent the most recent message may show up on the right side of the group representation with the largest size of the representations of the group members. 
     Representations  606   g  and  616   j  include images  628   a  and  628   b  associated with the group conversations, for example. Because these group conversations have associated images  628   a  and  628   b  that have been set by a respective user in the respective conversations, the images  628   a  and  628   b  are optionally displayed in lieu of images (e.g., avatars) associated with the users in the conversation. Thus, in some embodiments, representations of pinned and unpinned group conversations with associated images (e.g., other than the avatars of the users in the group conversations) are displayed in similar manners. 
     In  FIG. 6T , the electronic device  500  detects an indication  624   t  of a message received in the group conversation associated with representation  606   e . In response to the indication  624   t , the electronic device  500  optionally displays the representation  630   d  of the user that sent the message at the perimeter (e.g., outer portion) of the representation  606   e  (e.g., moves the representation  630   d  to the perimeter of the representation  606   e ), a representation  626   e  of the content of the message displayed with (e.g., overlaid on a portion of) representation  630   d , and an indication  620   e  that there is an unread message in the conversation. 
     In some embodiments, representation  630   d  is displayed at a larger size in  FIG. 6T  than it is in  FIG. 6S . In some embodiments, if the user were to view the messaging conversation associated with representation  606   e  and return to the user interface shown in  FIG. 6T , the electronic device  500  would update the representation  606   e  to include the representation  630   d  within the representation  606   e . In some embodiments, representation  630   d  would be displayed at a larger size than the other representations  630   e  and  630   f  within the representation because the most recent message is from the user associated with representation  630   f  and representation  630   f  would be displayed larger than representation  630   e  because the user associated with representation  630   f  has provided messaging activity to the conversation more recently than the user associated with representation  630   e.    
     As described above, in some embodiments, when the number of the users in the conversation exceeds a predetermined threshold (e.g., 5 or 6 or 7 or 8 or 9 etc.), only the maximum number of users with most recent messaging activity are displayed in the representation of the group conversation. In response to receiving messaging activity from a user whose representation is not included in the representation of the group conversation (e.g., because the user has not recently provided messaging activity to the conversation), the electronic device  500  optionally displays the representation of the user at the edge of the representation of the group conversation and the smallest representation of a user in the representation of the group would cease to be displayed. 
     In some embodiments, if a message were received in the conversation associated with representation  606   g , the electronic device  500  would display a representation of the user that sent the message in a manner similar to the manner in which the electronic device  500  displays representation  630   d  of the user that sent the message in conversation  606   e . For example, the electronic device  500  would display (e.g., add) the representation of the user at the perimeter of image  606   g  with a representation of the received message. 
     In some embodiments, if a message were received in either conversation associated with representations  616   i  and  616   j  (e.g., the unpinned message conversations in the unpinned messaging region of the messaging application user interface), the electronic device  500  would forgo displaying a representation of the user that sent the message at the periphery of image  628   b  or the circle in which representations  630   a - c  are displayed. Instead, the electronic device  500  would optionally update the text of representation  616   i  or  616   j  to include an indication of the most recent message as previously described. In some embodiments, if one of the users associated with representation  630   b  or  630   c  sends a message to the conversation associated with representation  616   i , the electronic device  500  would optionally update the representation  616   i  of the conversation to display the representation of the user that sent the most recent message at the largest size compared to the representations of the other users. If the number of users in the conversation exceeds the maximum number of user representations that are simultaneously displayed in representations of group conversations and the user that provided the most recent messaging activity is not currently displayed in the representation of the group, the electronic device would update the group representation to remove the smallest representation of a user in the representation, decrease the size of the other user representations, and add a representation of the user that most recently sent the messaging activity to the representation of the group message and display that user representation at the largest size. 
     In  FIG. 6U , the electronic device  500  optionally detects an indication  624   u  of another incoming message in the conversation associated with representation  606   e  from the user associated with image  630   e  (e.g., Alice). In response to detecting indication  624   u , the electronic device  500  displays image  630   e  at the periphery (e.g., outer portion) of the representation  606   e  of the conversation and displays an indication  626   f  of the received message overlaid on image  630   e . The electronic device  500  optionally reduces the size of image  630   d  and indication  626   e  in response to indication  624   u . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  updates the user interface to display image  630   d  away from the periphery of representation  606   e  (e.g., fully within representation  606   e ) in response to indication  624   u.    
     Although  FIG. 6U  illustrates decreasing the size of indication  626   e  in response to indication  624   u , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  ceases displaying indication  626   e  in response to the indication  624   u , as shown in  FIG. 6V . As shown in  FIG. 6V , in response to receiving the indication  624   u  of the message, the electronic device  500  displays the representation  630   e  of the contact that sent the message at the periphery of the representation  606   e  of the group conversation with the indication  626   f  of the message. The representation  630   d  of the contact that sent the previously-received message is optionally displayed at a smaller size than the size at which representation  630   d  was displayed in  FIG. 6T . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays indications of incoming messages for representation  606   g  that are similar to the examples described with reference to  FIGS. 6T-6V  because representation  606   g  is a representation of a pinned conversation. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  forgoes displaying indications of received messages in the manner described with reference to  FIGS. 6T-6V  for representations  616   i  and  616   j  because representations  616   i  and  616   j  are representations of unpinned conversations. As shown in  FIG. 6V , as more messaging activities are received in the group conversation, the representations of the contacts that sent the messages are displayed on alternating sides of the periphery of representation  606   e , as will be described in more detail below with reference to  FIGS. 6II-6LL . 
     In some embodiments, as mentioned previously, users may wish to edit which conversations are pinned at the top of the messages user interface. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  is able to initiate additional processes to move a representation of a conversation from the unpinned region of the user interface to the pinned region of the user interface, as will now be described. 
     As shown in  FIG. 6W , the user swipes (e.g., with contact  603 ) right across a representation  616   h  of a conversation that is not pinned. In some embodiments, in response to a right swipe that satisfies one or more criteria (e.g., speed or length-based criteria, such as speed above a threshold or length above a threshold), the electronic device  500  pins the conversation without additional input, as shown in  FIG. 6Z  (e.g., pinned as representation  606   a ). In some embodiments, in response to a right swipe that fails to satisfy the one or more criteria (e.g., speed or length-based criteria, such as speed or length below a respective threshold), the electronic device  500  displays an option to pin the conversation, as shown in  FIG. 6X . 
     In  FIG. 6X , in response to the swipe input that does not satisfy the one or more criteria, such as the swipe input illustrated in  FIG. 6W , the electronic device  500  displays an option  632  adjacent to representation  616   h  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to pin the conversation associated with representation  616   h . As shown in  FIG. 6Y , the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) the option  632  to pin the conversation associated with representation  616   h.    
       FIG. 6Z  illustrates the user interface after the conversation associated with representation  616   h  illustrated in  FIGS. 6W-6Y  has been pinned. The electronic device  500  displays a representation  606   a  of the conversation in the pinned conversations region, in response either to a swipe input that satisfies the criteria, such as the swipe input illustrated in  FIG. 6W  or in response to selection of the option  632  to pin the conversation, as shown in  FIG. 6Y . As shown in  FIG. 6Z , representation  616   h  is optionally no longer displayed in the unpinned conversation region. In some embodiments, representation  606   a  is added to the end of the pinned conversations. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a menu associated with a messaging conversation, including an option to add the conversation to the pinned conversations, in response to detecting selection of a representation of the conversation with a first special characteristic (e.g., a contact that stays in place for a predetermined amount of time, such as a touch and hold input). For example,  FIG. 6Z  illustrates the user selecting (e.g., with contact  603 ) a representation  616   b  of a conversation. In some embodiments, the selection (e.g., with contact  603 ) is detected for an amount of time that exceeds a predetermined threshold (e.g., 0.5 seconds, 1 second, 2 seconds). 
     In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 6Z , the electronic device  500  optionally displays the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 6AA . As shown in  FIG. 6AA , the electronic device  500  optionally displays a representation  642   a  of the messaging conversation corresponding to representation  616   b , and a plurality of selectable options  644   a - c  that, when selected, cause the electronic device  500  to send a message to the messaging conversation with the contents indicated by the selected option, an option  644   d  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to send a custom message to the messaging conversation, and an option  646   a  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to pin the messaging conversation associated with representation  616   b . In  FIG. 6AA , the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) option  646   a  to pin the conversation. 
     In some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 6AA , the electronic device  500  updates the user interface to present representation  606   h  of the messaging conversation in the pinned conversations region of the user interface (e.g., and no longer displays representation  616   b  in the unpinned conversations region of the user interface), as shown in  FIG. 6BB . In some embodiments, representation  606   h  is displayed at the end of the pinned conversations section of the user interface. 
     As also shown in  FIG. 6BB , the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) one of the representations  606   a  of a pinned conversation. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  detects the contact  603  for an amount of time that exceeds a predetermined threshold (e.g., 0.5 seconds, 1 second, 2 seconds). In some embodiments, in response to the detecting the contact  603  illustrated in  FIG. 6BB  for the amount of time exceeding the threshold, the electronic device  500  displays the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 6CC . 
     As shown in  FIG. 6CC , the electronic device  500  optionally displays a representation  642   b  of the messaging conversation corresponding to representation  606   a , a plurality of selectable options  644   e - g  that, when selected, cause the electronic device  500  to send a message to the messaging conversation indicated by the selected option, an option  644   h  to send a custom message to the conversation, and an option  646   b  to unpin the conversation. As shown in  FIG. 6CC , the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) the option  646   b  to unpin the conversation. 
     In some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 6CC , the electronic device  500  updates the messaging user interface to cease displaying representation  606   a  illustrated in  FIG. 6BB  and instead display representation  616   h  of the conversation in the unpinned conversations region of the user interface, as shown in  FIG. 6DD . 
     In some embodiments, while the electronic device  500  displays representations of messaging conversations in the unpinned region of the user interface without displaying representations of messaging conversations in the pinned region of the user interface (e.g., because no conversations have yet been placed in the pinned region by the user), the user may wish to move one or more of the representations to the pinned region of the user interface. In response to an input beginning to drag a representation of an unpinned messaging conversation, the electronic device  500  optionally displays an indication of a location in which to drag and drop a representation of an unpinned conversation to pin the conversation when there are no pinned conversations in the user interface, as will now be described with reference to  FIGS. 6EE-6HH . 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 6EE , the electronic device  500  displays the messaging user interface including representations  616  of messaging conversations. The electronic device  500  optionally displays the representations  616  such that representations  616  of conversations with the most recent messaging activity are displayed towards the top of the user interface. For example, the conversation associated with representation  616   i  has the most recent messaging activity and the conversation associated with representation  616   l  has the least recent messaging activity among the conversations for which representations  616  are currently displayed. In some embodiments, the user is able to scroll down in the messaging user interface to reveal additional representations of unpinned conversations. In  FIG. 6EE , no conversations have been pinned yet. As shown in  FIG. 6EE , the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) one of the representations  616   h  of a messaging conversation, for example. The electronic device  500  optionally detects the contact  603  for an amount of time exceeding a predetermined threshold (e.g., 0.5 seconds, 1 second, 2 seconds). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the contact  603  for the time exceeding the predetermined threshold, the electronic device  500  displays an indication of a location to which to drag the representation to pin the conversation (e.g., at the top of the messaging user interface, in an area that corresponds to where the pinned conversations will be displayed), as shown in  FIG. 6FF . 
     As shown in  FIG. 6FF , the electronic device  500  optionally displays representation  606   a  and an indication  648  of a region of the user interface that corresponds to the pinned conversations region of the user interface. In some embodiments, representation  616   h  illustrated in  FIG. 6EE  is replaced with representation  606   a  illustrated in  FIG. 6FF  in response to detecting contact  603  illustrated in  FIG. 6EE  for the time exceeding the predetermined time threshold before the user begins to drag the representation  606   a  of the conversation. In some embodiments, representation  616   h  illustrated in  FIG. 6EE  is replaced with representation  606   a  illustrated in  FIG. 6FF  in response to the user dragging the representation  606   a  at least a threshold distance. In response to detecting the user dragging the representation  606   a  to region  648  (e.g., with contact), the electronic device  500  optionally displays the representation  606   a  in the pinned conversations region of the user interface, as illustrated in  FIGS. 6GG-6HH . 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 6GG , the user drags the representation  606   a  to indication  648  with contact  603 . In response to detecting liftoff of contact  603  at the location illustrated in  FIG. 6GG  (or any other location overlapping indication  648 ), the electronic device  500  optionally displays the representation  606   a  of the conversation in the pinned conversations region of the user interface, as shown in  FIG. 6HH . 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 6HH , in response to the user dragging and dropping representation  606   a  to indication  648   b , as shown in  FIGS. 6EE-6GG , the electronic device  500  displays the representation  606   a  at a predetermined location (e.g., on the left side, in the first position in the pinned region, etc.) of the pinned conversations region of the user interface. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays representation  606   a  at the predetermined location (e.g., on the left side) of the pinned conversations region regardless of the location within the region at which the representation  606   a  is dropped, because representation  606   a  is optionally the first representation displayed in the pinned region. 
     In some embodiments, rather than displaying the representation  606   a  at the predetermined location (e.g., the left side) of the pinned conversations region as shown in  FIG. 6HH , the electronic device  500  displays the representation  606   a  proximate to the location at which the representation  606   a  was dropped (e.g., in response to detecting liftoff of contact  603 ). For example, in response to detecting the representation  606   a  being dropped at the location illustrated in FIG.  6 GG, the electronic device  500  optionally display the representation  606   a  in the middle of the pinned conversations region. 
     As described previously, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays an indication of the last message received in a group conversation, including displaying a representation of the user that sent the last group message at the perimeter of the representation of the group conversation. The electronic device  500  optionally ceases to display the indication of a message if another message is received in the conversation, but optionally continues to display the representations of users that recently provided messaging activity to the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, there is a maximum number of representations of users that are displayed at the perimeter of the representation of the group conversation, such as 2 or 3 or 4. These and other exemplary details will now be described. 
       FIG. 6II  illustrates an example of a representation  606   e  of a group conversation. Representation  606   e  can be the same representation with the same conversation history as described above with reference to  FIGS. 6T-6V , for example. In  FIG. 6II , the electronic device  500  optionally displays representation  630   d  (e.g., avatar) at the perimeter of representation  606   e  because the user represented by representation  630   d  has previously transmitted messaging activity to the conversation that has not yet been read by the user of electronic device  500 . The electronic device  500  optionally displays an indication  626   f  of the most recent messaging activity sent to the conversation, and optionally displays representation  630   e  of the user that sent the message associated with indication  626   f  at the perimeter of representation  606   e  (e.g., indication  626   f  is optionally overlaid on a portion of representation  630   e ). In some embodiments, because the user associated with representation  630   e  sent messaging activity to the conversation more recently than the user associated with representation  630   d  sent messaging activity to the conversation, representation  630   e  is displayed at a larger size than the size of representation  630   d , even though both representations are displayed at the perimeter (e.g., outer portion) of representation  606   e.    
     In  FIG. 6JJ , the electronic device  500  optionally detects an indication  624   jj  that the user associated with representation  630   g  is currently providing input to compose messaging activity in the messaging conversation (e.g., is typing but has not yet sent the messaging activity). In some embodiments, in response to indication  624   jj , the electronic device  500  displays an indication  626   h  that the user is providing the input to the messaging conversation with representation  630   g  displayed at the perimeter of representation  606   e  (e.g., indication  626   h  is optionally overlaying a portion of representation  630   f , and representation  630   f  moves from an inner portion to an outer portion of representation  606   e ). In some embodiments, representation  630   f  is displayed on the side of representation  606   e  opposite the side at which representation  630   e  is displayed because representation  630   e  was the most recent user avatar to be displayed at the perimeter. In some embodiments, representation  630   f  is displayed above representation  630   d  because the messaging activity associated with representation  630   f  was received more recently than the messaging activity associated with representation  630   d . In some embodiments, in response to displaying representation  630   f , the electronic device  500  moves representation  630   d  (e.g., moving representation  630   d  down to make room for representation  630   f ). The electronic device  500  optionally displays representation  630   f  at the same size as representation  630   e  and ceases displaying representation  626   f  illustrated in  FIG. 6II . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  does not decrease the sizes of representations  630   e  and  630   d  of the other users that recently provided messaging activity to the messaging conversation in response to indication  624   jj  because the message associated with the inputs corresponding to indication  624   jj  has not yet been sent. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  does decrease the sizes of representations  630   e  and  630   d  of the other users (e.g., while maintaining their relative sizes) that recently provided messaging activity to the messaging conversation in response to indication  624   jj  and displays representation  630   f  at a larger size than representation  630   e  or  630   d.    
     In  FIG. 6KK , the user ceases providing input to compose a messaging activity in the messaging conversation (e.g., ceases typing a message without sending the message). In some embodiments, in response to ceasing to detect the indication  624   jj  of the user composing the messaging activity illustrated in  FIG. 6JJ , the electronic device  500  ceases displaying the indication  626   h , displays indication  630   g  of the user inside the representation  606   e  of the messaging conversation instead of at the perimeter of the representation  606   e  of the messaging conversation, and re-displays representation  626   f  of the most recent unread message in the conversation. 
     In  FIG. 6LL , the electronic device  500  detects an indication  624   ll  of a message sent by the user associated with representation  630   g . In response to indication  624   ll , the electronic device  500  optionally displays an indication  626   g  of the message (e.g., overlaying a portion of representation  630   g ), displays the representation  630   g  of the user that set the message at the perimeter of representation  606   e  of the messaging conversation, reduces the sizes of indications  630   e  and  630   d  of the other users that recently provided messaging activity to the conversation, and ceases displaying the representation  626   f  of another message illustrated in  FIG. 6KK . In some embodiments, representation  630   f  is displayed on the side of representation  606   e  opposite the side at which representation  630   e  is displayed because representation  630   e  was the most recent user avatar to be displayed at the perimeter. In some embodiments, representation  630   f  is displayed above representation  630   d  because the messaging activity associated with representation  630   f  was received more recently than the messaging activity associated with representation  630   d . In some embodiments, in response to displaying representation  630   f , the electronic device  500  moves representation  630   d  (e.g., moving representation  630   d  down to make room for representation  630   f ). 
     As described above, in some embodiments, there is a maximum number of representations of users that the electronic device  500  displays at the perimeter of the representation of a group conversation. An example will be described in which the electronic device  500  displays a maximum of three representations of users, but it should be understood that the maximum can be a different number, such as 2 or 4 or 5 or any other suitable number. In this example, while displaying representations of three users at the perimeter of a representation of the group conversation, the electronic device  500  receives an indication of an additional message received in the conversation from a user whose avatar is not currently displayed at the perimeter of the representation of the conversation. In this example, in response to the indication of the new message, the electronic device  500  ceases to display the smallest representation of another user (e.g., representation  630   d  in  FIG. 6LL ) displayed at the perimeter of representation  606   e , reduces the size of the other representations of users displayed at the perimeter of the representation  606   e  of the conversation, and displays the representation of the user that sent the most recent message at the perimeter of the representation of the group conversation. In some embodiments, the representations of the users are displayed alternating on opposite sides of the representation of the group conversation. For example, if the representation of the user that sent the most recent message to the conversation is displayed on the right side of the representation of the group message, then the electronic device  500  will optionally display the representation of the next user to send a message on the left side of the representation of the group conversation, and so on. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the representation of the user with the most recent messaging conversation at a vertical location above a representation of a user with less recent messaging activity. For example, in  FIG. 6LL , representation  630   g  is displayed at a vertical location above the representation  630   d , because the user associated with representation  630   g  sent a message to the conversation more recently that the user associated with representation  630   d.    
     Returning to  FIG. 6LL , the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) a representation  606   a  of a messaging conversation. In some embodiments, the contact  603  is detected for a time that exceeds a predetermined threshold (e.g., 0.5 seconds, 1 second, 2 seconds, 3 seconds). In some embodiments, this predetermined threshold is longer than the predetermined threshold described above with reference to  FIGS. 6Z and 6BB . 
     In some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 6LL  in which contact  603  is detected for a time exceeding the predetermined threshold, the electronic device  500  displays a user interface for editing the conversations that are pinned, as shown in  FIG. 6MM . In some embodiments, while displaying the user interface for editing the pinned conversations, the user is able to drag representations  616  of conversations are not pinned to the pinned conversation region to pin them, drag representations  606  of pinned conversations down to the unpinned conversations to unpin them, and/or rearrange the order of the representations  606  of pinned conversations. As shown in  FIG. 6MM , the user selects and drags (e.g., with contact  603 ) a representation  606   a  of a pinned conversation to re-arrange its position within the other pinned conversations. 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 6NN , in response to the input illustrated in  FIG. 6MM , the electronic device  500  displays the representation  606   a  at the location to which the representation  606   a  was dragged by the user. The electronic device  500  optionally moves representation  606   g  down to the second row of pinned conversations to accommodate representation  606   a  in the first row of pinned conversations. As shown in  FIG. 6NN , the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) an option  612  to add a conversation associated with representation  616   b  to the pinned conversations. 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 6OO , in response to the user input illustrated in  FIG. 6NN , the electronic device  500  displays representation  606   h  of the conversation selected by the user at the end of the pinned conversations region of the user interface and ceases displaying representation  616   b  of the conversation in the unpinned region of the user interface. in  FIG. 6OO , the user selects (e.g., with contact  603 ) an option to stop editing the pinned conversations, for example. 
     As shown in  FIG. 6PP , in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 6OO , the electronic device  500  optionally ceases displaying the user interface for editing pinned conversations and displays the messaging user interface with the pinned conversations arranged according to the changes made by the user in  FIGS. 6MM-6OO . 
     In some embodiments, the messaging user interface is scrollable, including scrolling the pinned conversations. In  FIG. 6PP , the user swipes up (e.g., with contact  603  detected in the unpinned region or the pinned region, but without remaining stationary for the predetermined time thresholds described previously) to scroll the user interface down, for example. As shown in  FIG. 6QQ , in some embodiments, in response to the input to scroll the user interface, the electronic device  500  scrolls the user interface including scrolling the representations  606  of pinned conversations (e.g., off touch screen  504 ). In some embodiments, it is possible to scroll the user interface down such that the representations  606  of pinned conversations are no longer displayed (e.g., scrolled completely off touch screen  504 ). In some embodiments, however, the representations  606  of pinned conversations are fixed in position in the user interface and scrolling only causes scrolling of the representations  616  of unpinned conversations while the representations  606  of pinned conversations continue to be displayed. 
       FIGS. 6RR-6SS  illustrate another example of the electronic device  500  updating a representation  606   e  of a group conversation in response to receiving indications  624   n  and  624   ss  of incoming messages in the conversation. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays an image associated with the user that sent the most recent message at the periphery of the representation  606   e . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  moves a representation of a user from the periphery of representation  606   e  to the interior of representation  606   e  in response to receiving another message in the messaging conversation from a different user, even if the user of the electronic device  500  does not read the messaging conversation between the receipt of the messages. 
     As shown in  FIG. 6RR , in response to receiving an indication  624   rr  of a message in the conversation associated with representation  606   e , the electronic device  500  displays the representation  630   d  of the user that sent the message at the periphery of the representation  606   e  of the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  also displays an indication  626   e  of the contents of the message in a manner similar to the manner described above. 
     As shown in  FIG. 6SS , in response to receiving an indication  624   ss  of a subsequent message in the conversation associated with representation  606   e , the electronic device  500  displays the representation  630   f  of the user that sent the subsequent message at the periphery of representation  606   e  of the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 6SS , the electronic device  500  also moves the representation  630   d  of the user that sent the message received in  FIG. 6RR  to the inside of representation  606   e  and ceases displaying the indication  626   e  of the contents of the message received in  FIG. 6RR  in response to indication  624   ss  even if the user does not view the messaging conversation between receipt of indication  624   n  and indication  624   ss . As shown in  FIG. 6SS , the representation  630   f  is displayed at a larger size than representation  630   d , for example. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  also displays an indication  626   h  of the contents of the message associated with indication  624   ss.    
       FIG. 7  is a flow diagram illustrating a method  700  of presenting representations of messaging conversations in accordance with some embodiments of the disclosure. The method  700  is optionally performed at an electronic device such as device  100 , device  300 , device  500  as described above with reference to  FIGS. 1A-1B, 2-3, 4A-4B and 5A-5H . Some operations in method  700  are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  700  provides ways in which an electronic device presents representations of messaging conversations. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of the user&#39;s interaction with the user interface conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, method  700  is performed by an electronic device in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices (e.g., a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player), a computer (e.g., a desktop computer, a laptop computer), or a wearable device (e.g., a watch, a head-mounted device). In some embodiments, the display generation component is a display integrated with the electronic device (optionally a touch screen display) and/or an external display such as a monitor, projector, television, etc.). In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays ( 702 ), via the display generation component, a user interface that includes (1) a first visual representation  606   a  associated with a first messaging conversation and (2) a second visual representation  606   b  associated with a second messaging conversation, such as in  FIG. 6C . In some embodiments, the first visual representation  606   a  is displayed at a first location in the user interface ( 704 ), such as in  FIG. 6C . In some embodiments, the second visual representation  606   b  is displayed at a second location in the user interface ( 706 ), such as in  FIG. 6C . In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6C , the second location is different from the first location ( 708 ). In some embodiments, each respective visual representation associated with a respective messaging conversation optionally includes a representation of one or more contacts included in the messaging conversation. For example, the respective visual representation includes an image associated with a contact card of one or more contacts in the conversation and/or an image associated with the conversation. In some embodiments, the user interface includes a plurality of representations of conversations that are “pinned” to a respective region of the user interface (e.g., the top of the user interface) and a plurality of representations of conversations that are not “pinned”. The representations of the pinned conversations optionally have a different design, format, etc. than that of the representations of the conversations that are not pinned. In some embodiments, the representations of the pinned conversations are arranged in a grid and each include an image representing one or more participants in the conversation and text indicating a name of the contact in the messaging conversation or a name associated with a group conversation. The representations of the conversations that are not pinned optionally include all of the elements of the representations of pinned conversations and optionally further include a timestamp of the last messaging activity in the conversation and an indication of the last messaging activity in the conversation regardless of whether or not a user of the electronic device has opened the conversation since the last activity was received (e.g., regardless of whether or not the last activity is “read”). In some embodiments, the representations of pinned conversations only include indications of messaging activity that has been received since the user viewed the messaging conversation (e.g., the representations of pinned conversations only include indications of unread messaging activity). In some embodiments, messaging activity includes transmission of a message in the conversation and/or transmission of addition of a tag to an existing message (e.g., reactions such as “like,” “love,” “dislike,” a laugh, emphasis, or a question mark) and/or changes to the members of the group (e.g., adding or removing a contact to/from the conversation) and/or changes to a name of the conversation. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6D , while displaying the first visual representation  606   c  at the first location in the user interface (e.g., without moving the first visual representation) ( 710 ), the electronic device  500  receives an indication  624   d  of a first messaging activity associated with the first messaging conversation ( 712 ). In some embodiments, messaging activity includes transmission of a message in the conversation and/or transmission of addition of a tag to an existing message (e.g., reactions such as “like,” “love,” “dislike,” a laugh, emphasis, or a question mark) and/or changes to the members of the group (e.g., adding or removing a contact to/from the conversation) and/or changes to a name of the conversation. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6D , in response to receiving the indication  624   d  of the first messaging activity, the electronic device  500  updates ( 714 ) the first visual representation  606   a  to include a visual indication  626   a  of the first messaging activity, the visual indication  626   a  of the first messaging activity to be displayed with a first visual characteristic. In some embodiments, the first messaging conversation is a pinned conversation and the visual indication of the first messaging activity is displayed overlaid on the visual representation of the first messaging conversation. The first messaging activity is optionally receipt of a message in the first messaging conversation and the visual indication of the message includes some or all of the text of the message. In some embodiments, the visual indication of the message is initially displayed with a first size. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6F , the electronic device  500  receives ( 716 ) an indication of a second messaging activity associated with the second messaging conversation. In some embodiments, messaging activity includes transmission of a message in the conversation and/or transmission of addition of a tag to an existing message (e.g., reactions such as “like,” “love,” “dislike,” a laugh, emphasis, or a question mark) and/or changes to the members of the group (e.g., adding or removing a contact to/from the conversation) and/or changes to a name of the conversation. In some embodiments, the second messaging conversation is a different conversation than the first messaging conversation and both the first messaging conversation and the second messaging conversation are “pinned” to a respective region in the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6F , in response to receiving the indication  624   f  of the second messaging activity, the electronic device  500  updates ( 718 ) the visual indication  626   a  of the first messaging activity to be displayed with the second visual characteristic, different from the first visual characteristic. In some embodiments, changing the visual characteristic of the visual indication of the first messaging activity in the first messaging conversation includes reducing a size of the visual indication, changing a color scheme of the visual indication (e.g., changing from being displayed in color to being displayed in black and white or grayscale), changing a translucency of the visual indication, etc.). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the indication of the second messaging activity associated with the second messaging conversation, the electronic device displays, via the display generation component, a visual indication of the second messaging activity on the second visual representation associated with the second messaging conversation. 
     The above-described manner of updating the display to display the visual indication of the first messaging activity with the visual characteristic having the second value different from the first value in response to receiving the indication of the second messaging activity enables the electronic device to continue to display the indication of the first messaging activity in a manner that efficiently communicates that other messaging activity has been received since the first messaging activity was received, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by enabling the user to determine the recency of the first messaging activity without entering an input that requests more information about the first messaging activity or the second messaging activity), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6F , the first visual representation  606   a  is still displayed at the first location after the visual indication  626   a  has been updated to be displayed with the second visual characteristic. In some embodiments, the locations of the first visual representation associated with the first messaging conversation and the second visual representation associated with the second messaging conversation are displayed at fixed locations in the user interface. Updating the first visual indication to be displayed with the second visual characteristic optionally includes one of updating a size, color, or translucency of the visual representation of the first messaging conversation without changing the location of the first visual representation. In some embodiments, in response to receiving an indication of subsequent messaging activity in the first messaging conversation, the electronic device displays a visual indication of the subsequent messaging activity and changes a location of the visual indication of the first messaging activity within the representation of the first messaging conversation, but does not change the location of the visual representation of the first messaging conversation itself. The above-described manner of maintaining the location of the first visual representation when updating the visual characteristic of the visual indication enables the electronic device to provide an efficient way of displaying the first visual representation, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the time and number of inputs needed to locate the first visual representation to access the first messaging conversation), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the second visual representation continues to be displayed at the second location in the user interface in response to receiving the indication of the first messaging activity and in response to receiving the indication of the second messaging activity. For example, the location in the user interface of the second visual representation does not change in response to receiving an indication of messaging activity in the second conversation or any other conversation. In some embodiments, the representations of the first messaging conversation and the second messaging conversation are displayed in a “pinned conversations” region of the user interface. Optionally, the location of each respective representation of a pinned conversation does not change when messaging activity is detected. In some embodiments, the messaging user interface further includes representations of additional messaging conversations that are not pinned. Optionally, the representations of additional messaging conversations are displayed in reverse-chronological order of the most recent messaging activity in the conversations. For example, if an indication of messaging activity associated with a respective conversation that is not pinned is detected, the electronic device updates the locations of the representations of the messaging conversations that are not pinned such that the representation of the respective conversation is displayed with highest priority in the user interface (e.g., at the top of a column of representations of messaging conversations). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6H , the user interface further includes a third visual representation  616   f  associated with a third messaging conversation. In some embodiments, while displaying the first, second and third visual representations  606   a - b  and  616   f  in the user interface, the electronic device  500  receives an indication  624   h  of a third messaging activity associated with the third messaging conversation (e.g., a new message (e.g., including text and/or media, such as images, audio, etc.) is added to the conversation and/or a tag is added to an existing message in the conversation). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6H , in response to receiving the indication  624   h  of the third messaging activity, in accordance with a determination that one or more criteria are satisfied (e.g., not already at the top of the list of unpinned messages), updating a location of the third visual representation  616   f  in the user interface without updating the first location of the first visual representation  606   a  and the second location of the second visual representation  606   b . In some embodiments, prior to receiving the indication of the third messaging activity, the most recently received messaging activity among unpinned conversations was associated with a different messaging conversation. Optionally, prior to receiving the indication of the third messaging activity, the representation of the different messaging conversation is displayed at the highest priority region of unpinned messaging conversations in the user interface. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the indication of the third messaging activity, the electronic device displays the representation of the third messaging conversation in the highest priority region of unpinned messaging conversations and moves the remaining representations of unpinned messaging conversations down in priority. For example, before the indication of the third messaging activity was received, a representation of a fourth messaging conversation is displayed at the top of the unpinned messages region of the user interface, with representations of other messaging conversations displayed below. In this example, in response to receiving the indication of the third messaging activity, the electronic device displays the representation of the third conversation at the top of the unpinned messages region of the user interface and moves the representations of the other unpinned conversations down. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the one or more criteria are not satisfied, the electronic device does not update the location of the third visual representation. For example, if the most recently received messaging activity among the unpinned conversations was in the third conversation prior to receiving the third messaging activity, the electronic device optionally displays the third visual representation at the top of the unpinned conversations region of the user interface and continues to display the third visual representation at that location in response to receiving the indication of the third messaging activity.) In some embodiments, in response to receiving the indication of the third messaging activity, the electronic device updates the third visual representation to indicate the third messaging activity without updating the first visual representation and the second visual representation. In some embodiments, updating the third visual representation includes displaying an indication of the third messaging activity, such as by updating the visual representation to include a visual representation of the received messaging activity. For example, if the third messaging activity is a text message, the third visual representation is updated to include an indication of the sender of the text message and at least part of the text of the message. In some embodiments, in response to receiving messaging activity associated with an unpinned conversation, the representations of the pinned conversations are not changed. In some embodiments, the third visual representation is updated regardless of whether or not the one or more criteria are satisfied. The above-described manner of updating the third visual representation to indicate the third messaging activity without updating the first visual representation and the second visual representation enables the electronic device to efficiently communicate to the user that further messaging activity in the first or second messaging conversations has not been received, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the time it takes the user to determine which conversation received the recent messaging activity), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6I , the user interface further includes a third visual representation  606   c  associated with a third messaging conversation, and the visual indication  626   c  of the second messaging activity is displayed with a third visual characteristic (e.g., size, color, translucency, etc.). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6I , while displaying the first, second and third visual representations  606   a - c  in the user interface, receiving an indication  624   i  of a third messaging activity associated with the third messaging conversation (e.g., receipt of a new message in the third messaging conversation or a new tag being added to an existing message in the third messaging conversation). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6I , in response to receiving the indication of the third messaging activity, in accordance with a determination that one or more criteria are satisfied (e.g., the third messaging conversation is a “pinned” conversation), the electronic device  500  updates the visual indication of the first messaging activity  626   d  to be displayed with a fourth visual characteristic different from the second visual characteristic, and updating the visual indication  626   c  of the second messaging activity to have a fifth visual characteristic different from the third visual characteristic. In some embodiments, the respective locations of the first, second, and third representations of respective messaging conversations are the same before the indication of the third messaging activity is received as the respective locations of the first, second, and third representations of respective messaging conversations after the indication of the third messaging activity is received. The electronic device optionally displays the visual indication of the most-recently received messaging activity at the largest size compared to the other visual indications of other messaging activities and, when a new indication of a new messaging activity is received, the electronic device reduces the size of the visual indications of the previously-received messaging activities. In some embodiments, the electronic device only displays visual indications of messaging activities in pinned conversations while the messaging activities are unread by the user. In some embodiments, once the user has read a respective messaging activity (e.g., by selecting the representation of the messaging conversation in which the messaging activity was received to view the messaging conversation after the messaging activity was received), the electronic device ceases to display the visual indication of the messaging activity with the representation of the messaging activity. The above-described manner of updating the visual characteristics of the first and second visual indications of respective messaging activities enables the electronic device to efficiently communicate the order in which the messaging activities were received across different conversations, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the inputs needed to view the indications of all of the messaging activities with an indication of the order in which the messaging activities were received), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6I , while displaying the first visual representation  606   a  including the visual indication of the first messaging activity, receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g., via contact  603 ) to display the first messaging activity within the first messaging conversation. In some embodiments, the electronic device detects selection of the first visual representation. In some embodiments, displaying the first messaging activity within the first messaging conversation includes displaying the additional messages included in the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input to display the first messaging activity within the first messaging conversation, such as in  FIG. 6I , the electronic device  500  displays, via the display generation component, a content of the first messaging conversation including the first messaging activity (e.g., representations of the other messaging activities in the first messaging conversation and a representation of the first messaging activity. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6K , after displaying the content of the first messaging conversation including the first messaging activity, the electronic device displays, via the display generation component, the user interface that includes the first visual representation  606   a  associated with the first messaging conversation and the second visual representation  606   b  associated with the second messaging conversation, wherein the first visual representation  606   b  does not include the visual indication  626   b  of the first messaging activity, such as in  FIG. 6I . For example, removing, from the first visual representation, the visual indication of the first messaging activity. In some embodiments, the first visual representation is not displayed while the electronic device displays the content of the first messaging conversation. The electronic device optionally displays the first visual representation in response to receiving an input corresponding to request to navigate back in the user interface to the user interface including the representations of messaging conversations, including the first visual representation without the visual indication of the first messaging activity. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the visual representations of pinned conversations including visual indications of messaging activity that has been received since the last time the user viewed the content of the respective pinned conversation. The electronic device optionally ceases to display visual indications of messaging activity in the visual representations of pinned conversations in response to detecting that the user has viewed the content of the respective pinned messaging conversation since the messaging activity was received. In some embodiments, the representations of unpinned conversations always include a visual indication of the most recent messaging activity regardless of whether or not the user has viewed the content of the messaging conversation since the most recent messaging activity was received. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the representations of unpinned conversations including the visual indication of the last-received messaging activity in the conversation even if the most recent messaging activity was generated by the user account associated with the electronic device. The electronic device optionally does not display indications of messaging activity generated by the user account of the electronic device with the visual representations of pinned conversations. The above-described manner of removing the visual indication of the first messaging activity in response to the input to display the content of the first messaging conversation enables the electronic device to efficiently indicate to the user whether or not there is unread messaging activity associated with the first messaging conversation, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the time and number of inputs it takes the user to determine whether or not new messaging activity associated with the first messaging conversation has been received), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6C , the user interface further includes a third visual representation  616   a  associated with a third messaging conversation. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6C , the first and second locations are in a first region of the user interface (e.g., a pinned conversations region of the user interface). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6C  the third location is in a second region of the user interface (e.g., an unpinned conversations region of the user interface), and the second region is displayed with lower priority than (e.g., below) the first region in the user interface. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6C , the first respective visual representations of first respective messaging conversations, including the third visual representation  616   a  of the third messaging conversation, are displayed in the second region of the user interface in an order based on recency of messaging activity in the first respective messaging conversations (e.g., in response to receiving new messaging activity in one of the respective messaging conversations, the priority with which the respective visual representations of the respective messaging conversations are displayed is updated to display the respective messaging conversation in which the new messaging activity was received with the highest priority. The electronic device optionally displays the representation of the messaging conversation in the second region that has the most recent activity at the top of the second region, with the remaining representations of messaging conversations displayed in order of most recent to least recent activity. In some embodiments, second respective visual representations of second respective messaging conversations, including the first visual representation  606   c  of the first messaging conversation and the second visual representation  606   b  of the second messaging conversation, are displayed in the first region of the user interface in an order not based on recency of messaging activity in the second respective messaging conversations. In some embodiments, visual representations of conversations in the first region of the user interface are arranged according to a user-defined order. In some embodiments, visual representations of conversations in the second region of the user interface are displayed in an order with the messaging conversations with the most recent activity being displayed with higher priority than messaging conversations with less recent activity (e.g., the representations are arranged in reverse-chronological order). The above-described manner of displaying representations of conversations in different regions based on different ordering enables the electronic device to provide efficient access to certain conversations, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs required to view the contents of pinned conversations), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6K , the user interface further includes a third visual representation  616   c  associated with a third messaging conversation, the third visual representation  616   c  displayed at a third location in the user interface. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6K , the first and second locations are in a first region of the user interface (e.g., a pinned conversations region of the user interface). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6K , the third location is in a second region of the user interface (e.g., an unpinned conversations region of the user interface). In some embodiments, while displaying the third visual representation  616   c  of the third messaging conversation in the second region of the user interface, the electronic device  500  receives, via the one or more input devices, an input (e.g., with contact  603 ) corresponding to a request to move the third visual representation from the second region to the first region. In some embodiments, the electronic device detects selection of the third visual representation and movement from the second region to the first region (e.g., the electronic device detects the user “dragging” the third representation from the second region to the first region). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to move the third visual representation  616   c  from the second region to the first region, such as in  FIG. 6K , moving the third representation from the second region to a third location in the first region, wherein the third location is different from the first location and the second location, and the third location does not change in response to detecting messaging activity at the electronic device, such as in  FIG. 6M . In some embodiments, in response to detecting movement of the third visual representation to the first region, the electronic device displays the third visual representation at the end of the group of pinned conversations. In some embodiments, in response to detecting movement of the third visual representation to the first region, the electronic device displays the third visual representation at a location selected by the user (e.g., defined by the location to which the user drags the third representation). While the first, second, and third visual representations are displayed in the first region, the locations of the first, second, and third visual representations remain unchanged in response to detected receipt of new messaging activity. The above-described manner of moving the third representation to the first region in response to the input enables the electronic device to provide an efficient way of adding conversations to the pinned conversations region, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to add conversations to the pinned conversations region), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6M  the first and second locations are in a first region of the user interface (e.g., a pinned conversations region of the user interface). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6M , the user interface includes a second region of the user interface (e.g., an unpinned conversations region of the user interface). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6M , while displaying the first visual representation  606   a  in the first region of the user interface, the electronic device  500  receives, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a request to move the first visual representation from the first region to the second region. In some embodiments, the electronic device detects selection of the first visual representation and movement from the first region to the second region (e.g., the electronic device detects the user “dragging” the first representation from the first region to the second region). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to move the first visual representation  606   a  from the first region to the second region, such as in  FIG. 6M , the electronic device  500  moves the first representation from the first region to a third location in the second region, wherein the third location is based on a recency of messaging activity in the first messaging conversation with respect to other messaging conversations that have visual representations displayed in the second region of the user interface, such as in  FIG. 6N . In some embodiments, in response to detecting movement of the first representation to the second region, the electronic device displays the first visual representation within the representations of other unpinned conversations according to reverse-chronological order of the order in which messaging activity was received in each unpinned conversation independent of the location in the user interface at which the input moving the first visual representation ends (e.g., the location at which the user “drops” the first visual representation within the second region). The electronic device optionally updates the order in which representations of messaging conversations are displayed in response to receiving messaging activity associated with an unpinned conversation. The above-described manner of moving the third representation to the second region in response to the input enables the electronic device to provide an efficient way of removing conversations from the pinned conversations region, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to remove conversations from the pinned conversations region), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6E , the visual indication of the first messaging activity includes a first respective indication  626   b  that another device associated with the first messaging conversation is receiving one or more input characters without receiving a request to send the one or more characters to the first messaging conversation. For example, a respective user, other than a user of the electronic device, included in the first messaging conversation is currently providing input to the first messaging conversation. In some embodiments, the first respective indication does not indicate a type of the input (e.g., voice input, typing, etc.) or messaging activity (e.g., a text message versus a tag versus an image etc.) being provided by the respective user to the first messaging conversation. The electronic device optionally displays the same typing indicator independent of the type of input or type of message being provided by the user. For example, the typing indicator is shown in response to detecting an indication that the user is entering text with a soft keyboard. As another example, the typing indicator is shown in response to detecting an indication that the user is selecting an image to send in a message to the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the respective user has ceased entering input to the first messaging conversation, the electronic device ceases to display the visual indication. For example, in response to detecting an indication that the respective user is typing a message to be sent to the first messaging conversation, the electronic device displays the visual indication. The above-described manner of displaying the visual indication of the user providing input to the first messaging conversation enables the electronic device to efficiently indicate that the user is providing input without receiving an input requesting to view the contents of the messaging conversation, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the indication), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6F , in response to an indication that the other device associated with the first messaging conversation has received the request to send the one or more characters to the first messaging conversation (e.g., an end of the input to the first messaging conversation provided by the respective user, such as an input to send the message that was composed to the messaging conversation), replacing the first respective indication  626   b , such as in  FIG. 6E , with a second respective indication  636   c , such as in  FIG. 6F , that indicates a type (e.g., and optionally content of) of messaging activity that was provided by the respective user to the first messaging conversation. In some embodiments, possible types of messaging activity include sending text to the conversation, sending an image to the conversation, sending audio to the conversation, or adding a tag (e.g., a like tag, a dislike tag, etc.) to an existing message in the conversation. For example, if the messaging content includes adding a tag to an existing message in the conversation, the second respective indication is an image corresponding to the tag. As another example, if the messaging content includes a message including text, the second respective indication includes at least a portion of the text of the message. In some embodiments, if the respective user ceases providing input to the messaging conversation without transmitting messaging activity, the first respective indication ceases to be displayed without displaying the second respective indication. The above-described manner of replacing the first respective indication with a second respective indication that indicates the type of messaging activity enables the electronic device to provide an efficient way to view the type of messaging content added to the conversation, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the type of messaging activity that was added to the conversation), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the visual indication  626   c  of the first messaging activity includes at least a portion of a most recent unread message in the first messaging conversation, such as in  FIG. 6F . In some embodiments, if the most recent unread message in the messaging conversation has a length that is less than a threshold, the entire content of the message is displayed. In some embodiments, if the most recent unread message in the messaging conversation has a length that is greater than the threshold, a portion of the message is displayed. The electronic device optionally does not display a visual indication of messaging activity that has been read in the first messaging conversation. The above-described manner of including at least the portion of the most recent unread message enables the electronic device to efficiently provide the content of the messaging activity without receiving an input to view the content of the messaging conversation which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the portion of the messaging activity), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6U , while displaying the first visual representation  606   e  including the visual indication  626   e  of the first messaging activity (e.g., and before displaying the content of the first messaging conversation including the first messaging activity), the electronic device  500  receives an indication  624   u  of third messaging activity associated with the first messaging conversation. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6U , in response to receiving the indication  624   u  of the third messaging activity associated with the first messaging conversation, the electronic device updates the first visual representation  626   e  to concurrently include a visual indication  626   e  of the first messaging activity and a visual indication  626   f  of the third messaging activity. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays visual indications of more than one unread messaging activity received in a pinned conversation. In some embodiments, there is a limit to the number of indications of unread messaging activities within a single conversation that the electronic device will display. In response to detecting that the user has viewed the contents of the first messaging conversation, the electronic device optionally ceases to display the indications of the first and third messaging activities as part of the visual representation of the first messaging conversation. The above-described manner of concurrently displaying the visual indications of the first and third messaging activities enables the electronic device to efficiently display indications of multiple messaging activities added to the first messaging conversation without receiving an input to present the contents of the first messaging conversation which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to determine that there are multiple unread messages in a conversation), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6U , a size of the visual indication of the first messaging activity is based on a recency of the first messaging activity, and a size of the visual indication of the third messaging activity is based on a recency of the third messaging activity. In some embodiments, the more recent a messaging activity is, the larger the indication of the messaging activity is displayed. While displaying the visual indication of the first messaging activity, in response to receiving the indication of the third messaging activity, the electronic device optionally displays the indication of the first messaging activity at a size smaller than the indication of the third messaging activity. In some embodiments, in response to receiving an indication of a fourth messaging activity associated with the second conversation, the electronic device optionally reduces the size of the visual indications of the first and third messaging activities. In some embodiments, in response to receiving an indication of a fourth messaging activity associated with the second conversation, the electronic device optionally does not update the sizes of the visual indications of the first and third messaging activities. The above-described manner of displaying the visual indications at a size based on the recency of the messaging activity enables the electronic device to efficiently communicate the order in which the messaging activities were received, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the order in which the messaging activities were received), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6T , before receiving the indication of the third messaging activity, the visual indication  626   e  of the first messaging activity has a first size. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6U , after receiving the indication  624   u  of the third messaging activity, the visual indication  626   e  of the first messaging activity has a second size, smaller than the first size (e.g., the visual indication of the third messaging activity has a third size, larger than the second size). In some embodiments, in response to detecting receipt of new messaging activity, the electronic device reduces the size of indications of other messaging activity associated with the same (or a different) conversation and displays the indication of the new messaging activity at a size larger than the size of the representation of the other messaging activity. In some embodiments, rather than reducing the size of the visual indication of the first messaging activity, the electronic device ceases to display the visual indication of the first messaging activity in response to receiving the indication of the third messaging activity. The above-described manner of reducing the size of the visual indication of the first messaging activity in response to receiving the indication of the third messaging activity enables the electronic device to efficiently indicate the order in which the messaging activities were received, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the order in which the messaging activities were received), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, before receiving the indication of the third messaging activity, the visual indication of the first messaging activity is at a first respective location in the first visual representation. In some embodiments, after receiving the indication of the third messaging activity, the visual indication of the first messaging activity has a second respective location in the first visual representation, different from the first respective location, and the visual indication of the third messaging activity has a third respective location in the first visual representation, different from the second respective location. In some embodiments, the positions of visual representations of messaging activity in a pinned conversation change as additional messaging activity in the pinned conversation is received. In some embodiments, the positions are predetermined based on the number of indications displayed in one visual representation and the order in which the messaging activities corresponding to the indications are received. In some embodiments, the positions are random. The above-described manner of changing the location of the visual indication of the first messaging activity in response to receiving the indication of the third messaging activity enables the electronic device to display the indications of messaging activities at locations that are non-overlapping and easy for the user to view, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by enabling the user to see the indications, thus reducing the need for the user to provide an input to view the content of the messaging conversation to view indications of the messaging activities), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the size of the visual indications of the messaging activities are within a range set by a lower size threshold and an upper size threshold. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays, as a maximum, two lines of text when displaying a visual indication of text messaging activity in a pinned conversation. The electronic device optionally displays a portion of the message at the beginning of the message with an indication that the message has additional content if the message exceeds the maximum visual indication size. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying multiple visual indications of messaging activity in a respective visual representation of a respective pinned messaging conversation, the electronic device displays the visual indications of the messaging activities at different vertical positions in the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6D , in response to receiving the indication  624   d  of the first messaging activity, the electronic device  500  updates the user interface to include a visual indication  620   a  displayed in association with the first visual representation that indicates an existence of unseen messaging activity in the first messaging conversation. In some embodiments, in addition to displaying the visual indications of the messaging activities, in response to detecting receipt of new messaging activity in a pinned conversation, the electronic device displays a visual indication that new messaging activity has been added to the conversation since the user viewed the content of the messaging conversation. The visual indication is optionally the same regardless of the type, content, or number of unread messaging activities associated with the pinned conversation. In some embodiments, the visual indication displayed in association with the first visual representation is displayed at a location that does not overlap the visual representation of the conversation. In some embodiments, the respective visual indication of respective messaging activity is displayed overlaid on the visual representation of the conversation. The above-described manner of displaying the visual representation that indicates existence of unseen messaging activity enables the electronic device to efficiently indicate that the messaging conversation includes unseen activity, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to determine that there is unseen messaging activity, such as by eliminating the need for the user to view the contents of the messaging conversation in order to determine whether or not a new messaging activity has been added to the conversation), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that one or more criteria are satisfied (e.g., the electronic device has not set up the pinned conversations feature of the messaging activity), the electronic device optionally configures the pinned conversations feature of the messaging application, including automatically selecting one or more conversations to “pin” based on one or more criteria (e.g., recency of messaging activity in the conversations, frequency with which messaging activity is received in the conversations, how long ago the messaging conversation was initiated, whether one or more participants in a messaging conversation is on a favorite contacts list). 
     In some embodiments, in a pinned conversations setup user interface, the electronic device displays representations of a plurality of conversations to be pinned each associated with a selectable option that, when selected, removes the respective conversation from the pinned conversations region. The electronic device optionally displays representations of additional messaging conversations that are not yet pinned with selectable options that, when selected, causes the electronic device to add the respective conversation to the pinned conversations. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the indications of the automatically selected pinned conversations, the electronic device receives an input confirming that the conversations should be pinned. In response to the input, the electronic device optionally displays the messaging user interface with the representations of the automatically selected pinned conversations displayed in the pinned conversations region of the user interface and representations of other messaging conversations in an unpinned conversations user interface. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the indications of the automatically selected pinned conversations, the electronic device receives an input denying that the conversations should be pinned. In response to the input, the electronic device optionally displays the messaging user interface with the representations of the automatically selected pinned conversations displayed in the unpinned conversations region of the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the messages user interface, the electronic device detects an input corresponding to a request to edit selection of which conversations are pinned conversations. In response to the input, the electronic device displays representations of the pinned conversations in a first region each associated with a selectable option that, when selected, removes the respective conversation from the pinned conversations region and places them in the unpinned conversations region. The electronic device optionally displays representations of additional messaging conversations in the unpinned conversations region with selectable options that, when selected, causes the electronic device to add the respective conversation to the pinned conversations region. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6I , the first messaging conversation is a group messaging conversation (e.g., includes three or more participating electronic devices, including the electronic device), the first messaging activity is provided to the first messaging conversation by a first respective contact in the first messaging conversation, and updating the first visual representation  606   c  in response to receiving the indication of the first messaging activity includes updating the first visual representation  606   c  to include a visual representation of the first respective contact displayed in association with the visual indication  622   e  of the first messaging activity. In some embodiments, the first visual representation includes a representation of a plurality of contacts participating in the first messaging conversation and, in response to the indication of the first messaging activity, the representation of the first respective contact is displayed at an updated location in the first representation of the first messaging conversation. The electronic device optionally displays the representation of the first respective contact and the visual indication of the first message at an edge of the representation of the first messaging conversation. In some embodiments, the visual representation of the first messaging conversation includes an image associated with the messaging conversation that does not include images associated with the contacts included in the messaging conversation. Optionally, in response to receiving the indication of the first messaging activity, the electronic device updates the first visual representation to include the image associated with the first respective contact displayed proximate to the visual indication of the first message. The above-described manner of updating the first visual representation to include the visual representation of the first respective contact displayed in association with the visual indication of the first messaging activity enables the electronic device to efficiently communicate which user in the group conversation sent the first messaging activity, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to determine who sent the first messaging activity), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6T  the first messaging conversation is a group messaging conversation (e.g., includes three or more participating electronic devices, including the electronic device). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6T , the first messaging activity is provided to the first messaging conversation by a first respective contact in the first messaging conversation. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6T , the first visual representation  606   e  includes a first region configured to include one or more representations  630   e - f  of respective contacts included in the first messaging conversation that do not have unseen messaging activity at the electronic device. In some embodiments, instead of displaying the one or more representations of respective contacts included in the first messaging conversation that do not have unseen messaging activity at the electronic device, the first visual representation includes an image associated with the group conversation that is different from the images associated with the one or more contacts included in the messaging conversation. The representations of the respective contacts optionally include images associated with contact cards of the one or more or more contacts. In some embodiments, the first region of the first visual representation is optionally within a visual indication of an outline of a region, such as a circle. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6T , the first visual representation  606   e  includes a second region, different from the first region, configured to include one or more representations  630   d  of respective contacts included in the first messaging conversation that do have unseen messaging activity at the electronic device. In some embodiments, in response to receiving new messaging activity at the electronic device and before the user has viewed the messaging activity within the content of the messaging conversation, the electronic device displays the visual representations of the one or more contacts that sent the new messaging activity. The second region is optionally at the perimeter of a visual outline of a region (e.g., a circle enclosing the visual representations of the one or more users that do not have unseen messaging activity or a circle enclosing the visual indication of the messaging activity that is different from the one or more images associated with the contacts included in the messaging conversation). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6T , updating the first visual representation  606   e  in response to receiving the indication  624   t  of the first messaging activity includes moving a visual representation  630   d  of the first respective contact from the first region to the second region in the first visual representation. For example, prior to receiving a new messaging activity in the first conversation since the user has viewed the contents of the messaging conversation, the electronic device displays a plurality of representations of the contacts in the messaging conversations within a circle that is part of the representation of the first messaging conversation. In this example, in response to receiving the first messaging activity from a first user of the plurality of users, the electronic device updates the visual representation of the first messaging conversation to move a representation of the first user from within the circle to the perimeter of the circle. In some embodiments, the representation of the first contact that sent the first messaging activity is displayed proximate to the visual indication of the first messaging activity. The above-described manner of updating the first visual representation to move the visual representation of the first respective contact from the first region to the second region enables the electronic device to efficiently communicate that the user is in the conversation before the user sends the first messaging activity and efficiently communicate which user provided the first messaging activity after the first messaging activity is received, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the users in the conversation and the user that sent the first messaging activity), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the first visual representation  606   e  including the visual indication  626   e  of the first messaging activity and the visual representation  630   d  of the first respective contact, such as in  FIG. 6T , the electronic device  500  receives an indication  624   t  of a third messaging activity provided to the first messaging conversation by a second respective contact, different from the first respective contact, such as in  FIG. 6U . In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6U , in response to receiving the third messaging activity, the electronic device the first visual representation, including reducing a size of the visual representation  630   d  of the first respective contact displayed in the first visual representation (e.g., in some embodiments, the size of the visual indication of the first messaging activity is also reduced in response to receiving the third messaging activity. In some embodiments, rather than reducing the size of the visual indication of the first messaging activity and the visual representation of the first respective contact, the electronic device ceases to display the visual indication of the first messaging activity and/or the visual representation of the first respective contact. In some embodiments, in addition to changing the size of the visual representation of the first respective contact and/or the visual indication of the first messaging activity, the electronic device updates the location of the visual representation of the first respective contact and/or the location of the visual indication of the first messaging activity within the visual representation of the first messaging conversation. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6U , the electronic device  500  adds a visual representation  630   e  of the second respective contact to the first visual representation (e.g., wherein the visual representation of the second respective contact is displayed at a larger size than the visual representation of the first respective contact). In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays, in association with the visual representation  630   e  of the second respective contact, a visual indication  626   f  of the third messaging activity in the first visual representation. In some embodiments, the visual indication of the third messaging activity is displayed in physical proximity to the visual representation of the second respective contact. The above-described manner of reducing the size of the visual representation of the first respective contact and adding a visual representation of the second respective contact and a visual indication of the third messaging activity in response to receiving the third messaging activity enables the electronic device to make room to display additional indications of incoming messaging activities as the incoming messaging activities are received while continuing to display the visual representations of the previously-received messaging activities and the users that sent the previously-received messaging activities, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the indications of the received messaging activities), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 6S , the first messaging conversation is a group messaging conversation (e.g., includes three or more participating electronic devices, including the electronic device), the first visual representation  606   e  includes a plurality of representations  630   d - f  of a plurality of respective contacts included in the first messaging conversation, and the plurality of representations  630   d - f  of the plurality of respective contacts are displayed with different sizes based on a recency of messaging activity of the respective contacts in the first messaging conversation. In some embodiments, the representation of the user that most recently sent a messaging activity to the first messaging conversation is displayed at the largest size within the representation of the first messaging conversation and the user that least recently sent a messaging activity to the first messaging conversation among the users for whom representations are displayed is displayed at the smallest size within the representation of the first messaging conversation. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays a maximum predetermined number (e.g., 6 or 7 or 8) of representations of contacts included in the first messaging conversation that are the maximum number of most recently active users in the conversation. For example, if there are ten users other than the user of the electronic device included in a messaging conversation, the representation of the messaging conversation includes indications of the 7 users that most recently sent messaging activities to the conversation, sized based on the recency with which the users sent the messaging activities to the conversation, with the user that most recently sent messaging activity to the messaging conversation having the largest representation and the size of the representations of the other uses descending in order of how recently they provided messaging activity to the conversation. In some embodiments, the first visual representation of the group messaging conversation does not include a representation of the user of the current electronic device (e.g., the device on which the first visual representation is being displayed) no matter the messaging activity of the current electronic device in that group messaging conversation. The above-described manner of displaying the representations of the other contacts sized based on how recently the contacts provided messaging activity to the conversation enables the electronic device to identify the conversation based on the users that recently sent messaging activity to the conversation, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by displaying the representation of the conversation in a way that is quickly recognizable to the user, thus reducing the number of inputs needed to view a desired messaging conversation), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 7  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  900 ,  1100 ,  1300 , and  1500 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  700  described above with respect to  FIG. 7 . For example, the ways of presenting representations of messaging conversations described above with reference to method  700  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the ways of creating and presenting mentions, presenting indications of messages that are replies to other messages in a conversation, etc., described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  900 ,  1100 ,  1300 ,  1500 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., a as described with respect to  FIGS. 1A-1B, 3, 5A-5H ) or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to  FIG. 7  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . For example, displaying operation  702  and receiving operations  712  and  716  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch screen  504 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch screen corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     User Interfaces Indicating Messages that are Replies to Other Messages 
     Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners, including using an electronic device to display representations of messages in a messaging conversation. The embodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic device presents indications of messages that are replies to other messages. Presenting the indications of messages that are replies to other messages in the ways described herein enhances interactions with a device such as by reducing the time and inputs it takes a user to view messages in the same reply thread, thus reducing the amount of time needed by a user to perform operations, thus reducing the power usage of the device, which increases battery life for battery-powered devices. It is understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a user of the device. 
       FIGS. 8A-8AA  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device  500  displays representations of messages within a conversation that are replies to respective other messages in the conversation according to some embodiments. The embodiments in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes described with reference to  FIG. 9 . Although  FIGS. 8A-8AA  illustrate various examples of ways an electronic device is able to perform the processes described below with reference to  FIG. 9 , it should be understood that these examples are not meant to be limiting, and the electronic device is able to perform one or more processes described below with reference to  FIG. 9  in ways not expressly described with reference to  FIGS. 8A-8AA . 
       FIG. 8A  illustrates an exemplary user interface including a messaging conversation  802  between the user of the electronic device  500  and two contacts named Alice and Bob. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the messaging conversation  802  in response to detecting selection of a representation of the conversation, such as one of the representations of messaging conversations described above with reference to  FIGS. 6A-7 . The messaging conversation  802  optionally includes a representation  804   a  of a message from the user of the electronic device that is not a reply to any particular message in the conversation, a representation  808   a  of a message from another user that is not a reply to any particular message in the conversation, a representation  806   a  of a message from the user of the electronic device  500  that is a reply to the message associated with representation  808   a , and a representation  808   b  of another message from a user other than the user of the electronic device  500  that is not a reply to a particular message in the conversation. Representation  808   a  is optionally displayed with an indication  814   a  that one message (e.g., from the user of the electronic device  500 ) has been received in reply to the message corresponding to representation  808   a . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  forgoes displaying the indication  814   a  because the representation  806   a  of the reply is displayed proximate to (e.g., immediately after, without other intervening messages) the representation  808   a  of the message. Representation  808   a  and representation  806   a  are optionally connected by a line  844   a  indicating that the message corresponding to representation  806   a  is a reply to the message corresponding to representation  808   a . As shown in  FIG. 8A , in some embodiments, line  844   a  connects the representation, e.g., avatar, of the contact Alice displayed in association with representation  808   a  to representation  806   a . The user interface optionally further includes a text entry field  822  towards which input composing a message is directed, and a selectable option  848  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to transmit a draft message to the messaging conversation. As shown in  FIG. 8A , in some embodiments, representations  804   a  and  806   a  of messages sent by the user of the electronic device  500  are displayed in a different color than representations  808   a  and  808   b  of messages received from users other than the user of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, the representations  804   a  and  806   a  are displayed with a green, blue, or other colored background with white or another color of text, and representations  808   a  and  808   b  are displayed on a white or grey or other colored background with black text or a black or other colored background with white text. Moreover, in some embodiments, representations  804   a  and  806   a  of messages from the user of the electronic device  500  are displayed on one side of the user interface (e.g., the right side) and representations  808   a  and  808   b  of messages sent by other users are displayed on the other side of the user interface (e.g., the left side). 
     In  FIG. 8B , the electronic device  500  optionally detects an indication  842   b  of an incoming message from a user (e.g., Bob) of the conversation other than the user of the electronic device  500 . In response to indication  842   b , the electronic device  500  optionally displays a representation  812   a  of the message. In some embodiments, the representation  812   a  of the incoming message includes an indication of the user that sent the message and an indication of the user to which the message is a reply (e.g., “Bob replying to Alice”). Because the message corresponding to representation  812   a  is a reply to another message in the conversation, the electronic device  500  optionally displays an indication  810   a  of the message to which the most recent message is a reply. Representation  810   a  and representation  808   a  may correspond to the same message. Representation  810   a  and representation  808   a  can have one or more differences in visual characteristics. For example, the size of representation  810   a  can be smaller than the size of representation  808   a . As another example, the colors and/or opacity of representation  810   a  can be different from those of representation  808   a . Because the message corresponding to representation  808   b , which may not be a reply to the message corresponding to representation  808   a , was optionally received before receiving the message corresponding to representation  812   a , the electronic device  500  optionally displays the second representation  810   a  of the message to which the most recent message is a reply to reduce the number of inputs needed to view the contents of the message associated with representation  808   a  and the contents of the message corresponding to representation  812   a . In some embodiments, even if the message corresponding to representation  808   b  was not received between the message corresponding to the representation  808   a  and the message corresponding to representation  812   a , the electronic device  500  still displays the second representation  810   a  of the message corresponding to representation  808   a.    
     The representation  810   a  of the message to which the most recent message is a reply optionally includes an indication  816   a  of the number of reply messages received between the message corresponding to representation  808   a  and the message corresponding to representation  812   a . For example, the message corresponding to representation  806   a  is also a reply to the message corresponding to representation  808   a . Because there is one other reply (e.g., the message corresponding to representation  806   a ) other than the message corresponding to representation  812   a  that is a reply to the message corresponding to representation  810   a , the indication  816   a  indicates one additional reply. In some embodiments, instead of displaying the number of replies received between the message corresponding to representation  810   a  and the message corresponding to the representation  812   a , the electronic device  500  displays an indication of the number of messages received after representation  810   a . For example, if another message is received after receiving the message corresponding to representation  812   a  and the new message is a reply to the message corresponding to representation  810   a , the representation would be updated to indicate two replies received since displaying representation  810   a . In some embodiments, however, the indication  816   a  reflects the total number of replies to the message corresponding to representations  808   a  and  810   a  (e.g., two replies in this example). 
     In  FIG. 8B , the electronic device  500  optionally updates the indication  814   b  of the number of replies to the message corresponding to representation  808   a  in response to indication  842   b . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  does not display indication  814   b . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays an indication of the number of replies to the message corresponding to representation  808   a  other than the message corresponding to representation  806   a  (e.g., one message in this example). In some embodiments, the indication of the number of replies to the message corresponding to representation  808   a  other than the message corresponding to representation  806   a  is displayed at the location of indication  814   b  or elsewhere (e.g., below representation  806   a ). 
     As shown in  FIG. 8B , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) the indication  814   b  of the number of replies to the message corresponding to indication  808   a . In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 8B , the electronic device  500  optionally displays a user interface including representations of the message corresponding to representation  808   a  and representations of the messages that are replies to that message without displaying representations of other messages in the conversation that are not replies to the message corresponding to representation  808   a .  FIG. 8C  illustrates an exemplary user interface that includes a representation  838   a  of the message represented by representations  808   a  and  810   a  in  FIG. 8B , and representations  840   a  and  838   b  of subsequent messages in the conversation that are replies to the message corresponding to representation  838   a . The user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8C  optionally does not include representations of messages that are not in the same replies thread, such as representation  808   b.    
     In some embodiments, the representations  838   a ,  838   b , and  840   a  are displayed overlaid on the messaging user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8B . In some embodiments, however, the representations  838   a ,  838   b , and  840   a  are not overlaid on the messaging user interface and are instead displayed on some other background (e.g., a plain background or an image etc.). Although representations  838   a ,  840   a , and  838   b  are shown as having the same color schemes as the representations  808   a ,  806   a , and  812   a  illustrated in  FIG. 8B , in some embodiments, the representations  838   a ,  840   a , and  838   b  are displayed in different colors than the representations  808   a ,  806   a , and  812   a . In some embodiments, a different visual characteristic (e.g., size, font, outline color, translucency, etc.) is altered between representations  808   a ,  806   a , and  812   a  and representations  838   a ,  840   a , and  838   b . The user interface further includes a text entry field  824  that has been updated to indicate that messaging content input to the text entry field  824  will create a message that is also a reply to the message corresponding to representation  838   a . In some embodiments, the text entry field  824  is not updated (e.g., includes the text “message” instead of “reply”). 
     As shown in  FIG. 8C , in some embodiments, the replies user interface does not include lines connecting the representations  838   a ,  840   a , and  838   b  of the messages in the reply thread because the replies user interface only includes messages that are replies to the same thread, so it is clear that the messages corresponding to representations  840   a  and  838   b  are replies to the message corresponding to representation  838   a  without displaying lines connecting the representations. In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 8C , there is only one representation  838   a  of the message corresponding the representation  838   a  because intervening messages in the conversation that are not replies to the message associated with representation  838   a  are not shown in the replies user interface. Therefore, in some embodiments, additional representations of the message corresponding to representation  838   a  are not needed in order for the user to easily view the contents of the messages in the conversation. As shown in  FIG. 8C , representations  838   a  and  838   b  of messages from users other than the user of the electronic device  500  are displayed on one side (e.g., the left side) of the user interface and representation  840   a  of a message from the user of the electronic device  500  is displayed on the other side of the user interface (e.g., the right side). 
     As shown in  FIG. 8C , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) the text entry field  803 . In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 8C , the electronic device  500  optionally displays a soft keyboard  846  while remaining in the replies user interface of  FIG. 8C , as shown in  FIG. 8D . 
       FIG. 8D  illustrates the updated user interface, which may include the soft keyboard  846  toward which input is directed to compose a message that is a reply to the message corresponding to representation  838   a . As shown in  FIG. 8D , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) a region of the soft keyboard  846  corresponding to a character to begin entering a message. 
     In  FIG. 8E , in some embodiments, the user has finished entering text into the text entry field  826  that will be a reply to the message corresponding to representation  838   a . The user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) the option  848  to send the reply message to the messaging conversation. 
     In some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 8E , the electronic device  500  transmits the message and updates the user interface as shown in  FIG. 8F . 
     As shown in  FIG. 8F , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a representation  840   b  of the message sent by the user in the user interface with the representations  840   a  and  838   b  of messages that are replies to the message corresponding to representation  838   a . For example, representation  840   b  is displayed on the same side of the user interface as representation  840   a  of another message sent by the user of the electronic device  500 . The electronic device  500  optionally updates the messaging user interface in the background of the user interface to include another representation of the user&#39;s message corresponding to representation  840   b  connected to a representation of the message corresponding to representation  838   a  with a curved line. An additional representation of the message corresponding to representation  838   a  can be displayed because a message that is not a reply to the message corresponding to representation  838   a  has been received in between receiving the message corresponding to representation  838   b  and the message corresponding to representation  840   b . The curved line connecting the representation of the message corresponding to representation  838   a  and the representation of the message corresponding to representation  840   b  is optionally displayed as described in more detail below with reference to  FIGS. 12A-13 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG. 8G , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  detects an indication  842   g  of a message received from another user in the conversation while device  500  is displaying the replies user interface. The message is optionally a reply to the message corresponding to representation  838   a , so the electronic device  500  optionally displays a representation  838   c  of the message in the replies user interface on the left side of the user interface because the message was sent by a user other than the user of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  also updates the user interface in the background to include an additional representation of the received message. 
     As shown in  FIG. 8G , the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) the background of the replies user interface. In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 8G , the electronic device  500  optionally displays the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8H . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  also navigates away from the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8G  in response to detecting selection of a representation  838   a - c  or  840   a - b  of a message in the user interface. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  also navigates away from the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8G  in response to detecting an input for ceasing to display the messaging application user interface. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  also navigates away from the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8G  in response to detecting an input for closing the messaging application. 
       FIG. 8H  illustrates an example t messages user interface which has representations of all of the messages in the conversation, including messages that are not replies to the message corresponding to representation  838   a  in  FIG. 8G  (e.g., and the message corresponding to representation  808   a  in  FIG. 8B ). The representations may include a representation  806   b  of the message sent by the user in  FIG. 8E  and a representation  812   b  of the message received in  FIG. 8G . In some embodiments, representation  806   b  is displayed on the right side because the message was sent by the user of the electronic device. In some embodiments, representation  812   b  is displayed on the left side of the user interface because the message was sent by a user other than the user of the electronic device  500 . As shown in  FIG. 8H , in some embodiments, representations  806   b  and  812   b  may be displayed in association with a second representation  810   b  of the message to which the messages corresponding to representations  806   b  and  812   b  are replies. A looped line  844   c  optionally connects representation  810   b  and representation  812   b . The loop of looped line  844   c  may be in line with representation  806   b , thus indicating that the message corresponding to representation  806   b  is also a reply to the message corresponding to representation  810   b . Additional details about the display of looped line  844   c  are described below with reference to  FIGS. 12A-13 . 
     In some embodiments, if the electronic device  500  detects selection of representation  810   b , the electronic device  500  configures text box  822  to receive an input composing a message that is a reply to the message corresponding to representation  810   b . As shown in  FIG. 8H , representation  812   b  includes an indication that a user sent a message as a reply to the message corresponding to representation  810   b . In some embodiments, the representation  812   b  includes an indication that the user sent the message as a reply to a message sent by the user of the electronic device  500  (e.g., “Alice replying to Alice.”). For example, the message corresponding to representation  812   b  may be sent in reply to a message that was sent in reply to a message sent by the user of the electronic device  500  (e.g., “Alice replying to you”). 
     As shown in  FIG. 8H , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) the representation  812   a  of a message that is a reply to the message associated with representation  810   a  (e.g., the message associated with representation  808   a  in  FIG. 8B ). In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 8H , the electronic device  500  optionally displays the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8I . The user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8I  may be the same as the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8G . Therefore, the user interface illustrated in  FIGS. 8I and 8G  can be accessed in response to selecting the representation  812   a  of a message as shown in  FIG. 8H  or selecting indication  814   b  as shown in  FIG. 8B . As shown in  FIG. 8I , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) the background of the replies user interface. In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 8I , the electronic device  500  optionally displays the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8J . The user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8J  may be the same as the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8H . 
     In  FIG. 8K , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  receives an indication  842   k  of an incoming message in the conversation (e.g., from Alice). In some embodiments, in response to indication  842   k , the electronic device  500  displays a representation  812   c  of the message, which is a reply to the message corresponding to representation  808   c . Because the messages corresponding to representations  806   b  and  812   b  were received between the message corresponding to representation  808   c  and the message corresponding to representation  812   c , the electronic device  500  optionally displays an additional representation  810   c  of the message corresponding to representation  808   c . The user representations, e.g., representations  809   h  and  809   i , may be connected by line  844   d  indicating that the message represented by representation  812   c  is a reply to the message represented by representation  810   c . Representation  808   c  is optionally updated to include an indication  814   c  that a reply to the message corresponding to representation  808   c  has been received (e.g., and from whom the reply was received). 
     As shown in  FIG. 8K , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) a representation  812   b  of a reply message. In some embodiments, contact  803  is detected for an amount of time that exceeds a predetermined threshold (e.g., 0.25, 0.5, or 1 second). In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 8K  where the contact  803  is detected for the amount of time exceeding the predetermined threshold, the electronic device  500  optionally displays the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8L . In some embodiments, the contact  803  is one of two contacts detected for times that are less than the predetermined threshold that are detected within a second threshold time (e.g., 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, or 1 second) of each other (e.g., a “double-tap”). In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 8K  where two contacts  803  are detected within the second threshold time of each other, the electronic device  500  optionally displays the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8M . 
     In  FIG. 8L , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the representation  812   b  selected (e.g., with contact  803 ) by the user in  FIG. 8K  overlaid on a blurred version of the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, the representation  812   b  is displayed on a blank background or another background other than the blurred version of the messaging conversation. The representation  812   b  is optionally displayed with a plurality of options  850  for adding a tag to the message corresponding to representation  812   b , an option  852   a  to copy the message, an option  852   b  to reply to the message, and an option  852   c  to view additional options associated with the message. In  FIG. 8L , the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) the option  852   b  to reply to the message corresponding to representation  812   b.    
     In  FIG. 8M , in some embodiments, the option  852   b  to reply to the message corresponding to representation  812   b  is displayed without the option  852   a  to copy the message or the option  852   c  to view additional options associated with the message. The electronic device  500  optionally displays the plurality of options  850  to add a tag to the message corresponding to representation  812   b . In some embodiments, in  FIG. 8M , the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) the option  852   b  to reply to the message corresponding to representation  812   b.    
     In some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in either  FIG. 8L or 8M , the electronic device  500  displays the soft keyboard  846  in the messaging user interface as shown in  FIG. 8N  (e.g., without transitioning to the replies user interface of, for example,  FIG. 8I ). In some embodiments, instead of displaying the soft keyboard  846  in the user interface shown in  FIG. 8N , in response to the user&#39;s selection in either  FIG. 8L or 8M , the electronic device  500  displays the soft keyboard  846  within a replies user interface similar to the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8C-8G or 8I . 
     As shown in  FIG. 8N , the messaging user interface optionally displays the representation of the most recently received message at the bottom of the user interface, which is just above the soft keyboard  846 . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  scrolls the user interface to display representation  812   b  and/or representation  810   b  (see  FIG. 8K ) just above the soft keyboard  846 , because the user selected representation  812   b  as the message to which to reply and the message corresponding to representation  812   b  is a reply to the message corresponding to representation  810   b.    
     In  FIG. 8N , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) one of the regions of soft keyboard  846  corresponding to a character to compose a message that is a reply the message corresponding to representation  812   b , which is a reply to the message corresponding to representation  810   b.    
     In  FIG. 8O , after having provided the text to text entry field  826  via soft keyboard  846 , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  803 ) the option  848  to send the message to the messaging conversation. 
     In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 8O , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8P . 
     In  FIG. 8P , the electronic device  500  optionally displays a representation  806   c  of the message sent by the user in  FIG. 8O  on the right side of the user interface because messages from the user of the electronic device  500  are displayed on the right side of the user interface in some embodiments. Representation  806   c  may be displayed connected by line  844   e  to representation  810   d . Representation  810   d  is optionally displayed because the message received immediately prior to the message corresponding to representation  806   c  is not a reply to the message associated with representation  810   d . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays representation  810   d  instead of a representation of the message corresponding to representation  812   b , because the message corresponding to representation  812   b  is a reply to the message corresponding to representation  810   d . Thus, in some embodiments, if a user sends a new message that is a reply to a first message, which is a reply to a second message in the conversation, the new message is treated as a reply to the second message. In some embodiments, if a user sends a new message that is a reply to a first message, which is a reply to a second message in the conversation, the new message is treated as a reply to the first message. Thus, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a new representation of the message corresponding to representation  812   b  (e.g., “Yay! Can&#39;t Wait!”) instead of or in addition to representation  810   d . As shown in  FIG. 8P , representation  810   d  includes an indication  816   d  of the number of replies to the message corresponding to representation  810   d  received prior to the message corresponding to representation  806   c.    
     In  FIG. 8Q , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  detects indication  842   q  of an incoming message to the messaging conversation. In response to indication  842   q , the electronic device  500  displays representation  812   d  of the message on the left side of the user interface because the message was sent by a user other than the user of the electronic device. The message corresponding to representation  812   d  may be a reply to the message corresponding to representation  810   d , so representation  812   d  may displayed connected to representation  810   d  by looped line  844   f . The loop of the looped line  844   f  may be aligned with representation  806   c , which indicates that the message corresponding to representation  806   c  is also a reply to the message corresponding to representation  810   d . In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 8Q , looped line  844   f  is aligned with representations  809   j  and  809   k  of the people who sent the messages represented by representations  810   d  and  812   d  rather than being aligned with the containers of the contents of the messages. In some embodiments, instead of displaying a looped line  844   f , the electronic device  500  displays a curved line connecting representations  810   d  and  806   c  (e.g., by connecting associated representations  809   j  and  809   k  of the users who sent the messages corresponding to representations  810   d  and  806   c ), and another curved line connecting representations  806   c  and  812   d . In some embodiments, these curved lines would also be aligned with the avatars of representations  810   d  and  812   d  instead of being aligned with the containers that contain the contents of the messages. Representation  810   d  may still include indication  816   e  of the number of reply messages received prior to the message corresponding to representation  806   c.    
     In  FIG. 8R , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a messaging conversation between the user of the electronic device  500  and one other user (e.g., as opposed to a group conversation with three or more total users). The messaging conversation optionally includes a representation  808   d  of a message from the other user on the left side of the user interface and representations  804   b  and  804   c  of messages from the user of device  500  on the right side of the user interface. 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 8S , the electronic device  500  detects an indication  842   s  of a message from the other user. In response to the indication  842   s , the electronic device  500  optionally displays representation  812   e  of the message on the left side of the user interface because representations of messages from the other user are displayed on the left side of the user interface, as described above. Because the message corresponding to representation  812   e  may be a reply to the message corresponding to representation  804   b  and the message corresponding to representation  804   c  was received between the messages corresponding to representations  804   b  and  812   e , the electronic device  500  displays representation  812   e  connected to representation  818  (which is a second representation of the message corresponding to representation  804   b ) by line  844   g . Representation  818  can be displayed on the right side of the user interface because it is a representation of a message sent by the user of the electronic device  500  and representations of messages sent by the user of the electronic device  500  are displayed on the right side of the user interface, as described above. As shown in  FIG. 8S , representation  818  is displayed with opposite colors compared to representation  804   b  because representation  818  is a second representation of the same message displayed in response to receiving a reply to the message. 
     As shown in  FIG. 8T , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  receives an indication  842   t  of a message that includes animated content (e.g., an animated emoji). In response to indication  842   t , the electronic device  500  optionally displays indication representation  812   f  of the message including the animated content in the message user interface, as shown in  FIG. 8T . As an example,  FIG. 8U  illustrates another frame of the animation after the passage of some amount of time. In some embodiments, while displaying the animation illustrated in  FIGS. 8T-8U , the electronic device  500  plays audio content associated with the animation included in representation  812   f.    
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 8V , the electronic device  500  displays a representation  804   d  of a message added to the messaging conversation by the user after the animated content corresponding to representation  812   f . In some embodiments, because the message associated with representation  804   d  is not a reply to the message associated with representation  812   f , the electronic device  500  does not display an indication that the message associated with representation  804   d  is a reply to the message associated with representation  812   f  (e.g., a curved line connecting representations  812   f  and  804   d ). In some embodiments, the animation included in representation  812   f  continues to play on a loop. In some embodiments, the animation included in representation  812   f  is paused until selection of the representation  812   f  is detected. 
     As shown in  FIG. 8W , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  receives a message that is a reply to the message associated with representation  812   f  after having displayed representation  804   d . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a representation  812   g  of the message connected by line  844   g  to representation  810   e , which is a second representation of the message associated with representation  812   f  As shown in  FIG. 8W , in some embodiments, representation  810   e  is displayed at a smaller size than representation  812   f . In some embodiments, representation  810   e  and  812   f  are displayed at the same size. Representation  812   f  can be shown in the same side of the user interface as the other representations of messages from users other than the user of the electronic device  500  because it is a representation of a message from a user other than the user of the electronic device  500 , as described above. As described above, in some embodiments, an additional representation  810   e  of the message corresponding to representation  812   f  is displayed because the message corresponding to representation  804   d  was received between the messages corresponding to representations  812   f  and  812   g.    
     As shown in  FIG. 8X , in some embodiments, representation  810   e  includes the same animation as the animation included in representation  812   f . In some embodiments, the sound that is played in association with representation  812   f  is not played in association with representation  810   e . As shown in  FIG. 8X , the user may select (e.g., with contact  803 ) the representation  810   e.    
     As shown in  FIG. 8Y , in some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 8X , the electronic device  500  scrolls the messaging conversation to a location that allows the entire representation  812   f  to be displayed. In some embodiments, while displaying the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8Y , the electronic device  500  plays the audio associated with the animation included in representation  812   f . In some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 8X , the electronic device  500  displays a replies user interface similar to the replies user interface illustrated in  FIG. 8C  that includes representations of the messages corresponding to representations  812   f  and  812   g  without including a representation of the message corresponding to representation  804   d . In some embodiments, while displaying the replies user interface, the electronic device  500  plays the audio associated with the animation of the message corresponding to representation  812   f  and plays the animation. 
     In some embodiments, as described above, the electronic device  500  displays a representation of a user that sent a respective message with the representation of the message. In some embodiments, as described above, the electronic device  500  displays an additional representation of a respective message when a message that is a reply to the respective message is received after one or more other messages that are not replies to the respective message have been received since receipt of the respective message. In some embodiments, as described above the additional representation of the respective message is displayed at a smaller size than the representation of the respective message that was initially displayed in response to receiving the respective message. As will now be described with reference to  FIGS. 8Z-8AA , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  also displays the representation of the user that sent the respective message associated with the additional representation of the respective message at a smaller size than the representations of users associated with representations of messages that are the original representations of the messages (e.g., as opposed to additional representations of the messages). 
       FIG. 8Z  illustrates an example of a messaging conversation user interface. Representations  808   a  and  808   b  of messages are displayed with associated representations  809   a  and  809   b  of users that sent the messages. In some embodiments, the representations  809   a  and  809   b  are displayed at the same size because representations  808   a  and  808   b  of the messages are both the initial representations of the messages (e.g., as opposed to additional representations of the messages as described above). 
       FIG. 8ZZ  illustrates an example of an updated user interface in response to receiving an indication  842   aa  of a message that is a reply to the message associated with representation  808   a . In some embodiments, in response to the indication  842   aa , the electronic device  500  displays an additional representation  810   a  of the message associated with representation  808   a . The additional representation  810   a  of the message can include a representation  809   q  of the user that sent the message associated with representations  808   a  and  810   a . In some embodiments, representation  809   q  is the same as representation  809   a  except that representation  809   q  is displayed at a smaller size than representation  809   a . Moreover, in some embodiments, representation  809   q  is smaller than representation  809   d  displayed in association with the representation  812   a  of the message that is a reply to the message associated with representations  808   a  and  810   a . In some embodiments, representation  809   q  has additional differences from the other representations  809   a  and  809   d  of users, such as being displayed with a different color, translucency, or other visual effect from the color, translucency, or other visual effect of representations  809   a  and  809   d.    
       FIG. 9  is a flow diagram illustrating a method  900  of indicating which messages are replies to other messages in a messaging conversation according to some embodiments. The method  900  is optionally performed at an electronic device such as device  100 , device  300 , device  500  as described above with reference to  FIGS. 1A-1B, 2-3, 4A-4B and 5A-5H . Some operations in method  900  are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  900  provides ways in which an electronic device presents indications of messages that are replies to other messages. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of the user&#39;s interaction with the user interface conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, method  900  is performed at an electronic device  500  in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices (e.g., a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player), a computer (e.g., a desktop computer, a laptop computer), or a wearable device (e.g., a watch, a head-mounted device). In some embodiments, the display generation component is a display integrated with the electronic device (optionally a touch screen display) and/or an external display such as a monitor, projector, television, etc.). 
     In some embodiments, method  900  is performed an electronic device in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices (e.g., a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player), a computer (e.g., a desktop computer, a laptop computer), or a wearable device (e.g., a watch, a head-mounted device). In some embodiments, the display generation component is a display integrated with the electronic device (optionally a touch screen display) and/or an external display such as a monitor, projector, television, etc.)). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8A , the electronic device  500  displays ( 902 ), via the display generation component, a messaging user interface including a first plurality of representations  804   a ,  808   a ,  806   a , and  808   b  of a first plurality of messages in a messaging conversation, wherein the first plurality of representations include a first representation  808   a  of a first message, a first set of one or more representations  806   a  of one or more second messages that are replies to the first message, and a second set of one or more representations  804   a  and  808   b  of one or more third messages that are not replies to the first message, wherein the one or more third messages are temporally located between the first message and the one or more second messages. In some embodiments, the first representation of the first message includes an indication of a contact that sent the message and the content (e.g., text, a still or video image, audio, link, rich link) of the message. The first message was optionally sent by a user account of the user of the electronic device or the user account of a different user (e.g., a contact of the user of the electronic device or another user account). In some embodiments, the one or more representations of the one or more second messages include indications that the one or more second messages are replies to the first message. For example, a representation of a respective second message includes a line connecting the content of the respective second message to a representation of the first message. In some embodiments, because the one or more third messages are temporally located between the first message and the one or more second messages, the electronic device displays at least two representations of the first message: (1) an indication of the first message that is located temporally based on when the first message was received in the messaging conversation and (2) an indication of the first message that is displayed after the representations of the one or more third messages in association with the representations of the one or more second messages. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8B , while displaying the messaging user interface, the electronic device  500  receives ( 904 ), via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a request to view replies to the first message. In some embodiments, the representation of the first message includes an indication of a number of messages that are replies to the first message. In some embodiments, the representation of the first message includes a selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to cease displaying messages in the conversation that are not replies to the first message and display the first message and messages that are replies to the first message. Optionally, the indication of the number of messages that are replies to the first message is the selectable option. In some embodiments, the input corresponding to the request to view replies to the first message is selection of the selectable option. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8C , in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to view the replies to the first message ( 906 ), the electronic device  500  displays ( 908 ), via the display generation component, a replies user interface that includes a second plurality of representations  838   a ,  840   a , and  838   b  of a second plurality of messages, wherein the second plurality of messages is a subset of the first plurality of messages (e.g., the replies user interface includes representations of a subset of messages in the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, the replies user interface includes a representation of the first message and representations of messages that are replies to the first message and does not include representations of messages in the conversation that are not replies to the first message. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8C , the replies user interface includes ( 910 ) a second representation  838   a  of the first message and a second set of one or more representations  840   a  and  838   b  of the one or more second messages that are replies to the first message and does not include ( 912 ) representations  808   b  of the one or more third messages that are not replies to the first message. In some embodiments, the messaging conversation includes a fourth message and one or more fifth messages that are replies to the fourth message. In some embodiments, in response to detecting an input corresponding to a request to view the replies to the fourth message, the electronic device displays a replies user interface including the fourth message and the one or more fifth messages without including the other messages in the messaging conversation. The above-described manner of displaying a replies user interface that includes representations of the first message and the one or more second messages but does not include representations of the third messages enables the electronic device to efficiently display representations only of messages that are replies to the first message and the first message itself, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view all of the replies to the first message), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, prior to receiving one or more inputs corresponding to entry of the contents of a message, the electronic device detects an input corresponding to a request to make the message a reply to the first message. In some embodiments, the one or more inputs include selection of the first message lasting more than a threshold amount of time (e.g., 0.5 seconds, 1 second) or double-selection (e.g., double-click) of the first message. 
     In some embodiments, a representation of a respective second message includes an indication that the respective second message is a reply to the first message. The indication that the respective second message is a reply to the first message is optionally text indicating that the author of the second respective message is replying to the author of the first message. For example, if Alice&#39;s message is a reply to Bob&#39;s message, the representation of Alice&#39;s message includes the text “Alice replying to Bob.” 
     In some embodiments, a respective third message is received after the first message and before a respective second message of the one or more second messages. The representation of the respective second message optionally includes a second representation of the first message and a line connecting the second representation of the first message to the representation of the respective second message. In some embodiments, the second representation of the first message is displayed at a smaller size, at higher translucency, and/or with a lighter color than the original representation of the first message. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8B , while displaying the messaging user interface including the first representation  808   a  of the first message, wherein the messaging user interface includes a first respective representation  808   b  of a first respective message, different from the first message, that is a most recent message in the messaging conversation, the electronic device  500  receives an indication  842   b  that a second respective message that is a reply to the first message has been added to the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, while the most recent message in the messaging conversation is not the first message, a message that is a reply to the first message is received in the conversation. The indication that the second respective message has been added to the conversation is optionally an indication that a message from a user account other than the user account associated with the electronic device has been received (e.g., the second respective message is sent by another electronic device). In some embodiments, the indication that the second respective message has been added to the conversation is optionally an indication that the electronic device has received one or more inputs corresponding to entry of a message that is a reply to the first message (e.g., the respective second message is sent by the first electronic device). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8B , in response to receiving the indication  842   b  that the second respective message has been added to the messaging conversation, in accordance with a determination that the first respective message is not a reply to the first message, the electronic device  500  updates the messaging user interface to include a representation  812   a  of the second respective message and a second representation  816   a  of the first message displayed in association with the representation of the second respective message. In some embodiments, the second representation of the first message is displayed at a smaller size, at higher translucency, and/or with a lighter color than the original representation of the first message. The electronic device optionally displays the second representation of the first message with less spacing between the representation of the second respective message than the spacing between the second representation of the first message and the representation of the first respective message. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays representations of messages that are replies to the same message (e.g., representations of one or more messages that are replies to the first message) in the conversation with less spacing than the spacing between representations of messages that are not replies to the same message (e.g., a representation of a message that is a reply to the first message and a message that is not a reply to the first message). In some embodiments, the electronic device displays a line connecting the second representation of the first message to the representation of the second respective message. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8Q , in accordance with a determination that the first respective message is a reply to the first message, the electronic device  500  updates the messaging user interface to include a representation  812   d  of the second respective message without including the second representation of the first message. In some embodiments, the representations of the first message, the first respective message, and the second respective message are displayed in association with one another (e.g., with a line connecting the first two, and a line connecting the second two). Thus, in some embodiments, a new representation of an earlier message to which the latest message is a reply is not added to the user interface if the most recent message is a reply to the earlier message. In some embodiments, if the most recent message in the user interface is not a reply to the earlier message, then a subsequent reply to the earlier message optionally causes the electronic device to display a new representation of the earlier message in association with the subsequent reply. The above-described manner of displaying the second representation of the first message in association of the second respective message in accordance with the determination that the first respective message is not a reply to the first message enables the electronic device to display a representation of the first message in close proximity to the representation of the second respective message that is a reply to the first message which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the content of the first message while viewing the content of the second respective message), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8B , the input corresponding to the request to view the replies to the first message includes selection of a selectable option  814   b  displayed in association with the first representation of the first message in the messaging user interface. In some embodiments, the representation of the first message includes an indication of a number of messages that are replies to the first message. In some embodiments, the representation of the first message includes a selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to cease displaying messages in the conversation that are not replies to the first message and display the first message and messages that are replies to the first message. Optionally, the indication of the number of messages that are replies to the first message is the selectable option. The above-described manner of displaying the selectable option in association with the first representation of the first message enables the electronic device to provide an efficient way to view the replies to the first message without viewing other messages in the conversation, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the replies to the first message), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8B , the selectable option  814   b  includes a visual indication of a number of replies to the first message in the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, the selectable option includes the text “view x replies” where x is the number of replies to the first message that have been received. For example, if one reply has been received to the first message, the text of the selectable option says “view 1 reply.” As another example, if four replies have been received to the first message, the text of the selectable option says “view 4 replies.” The above-described manner of including an indication of the number of replies to the first message in the selectable option to view the replies to the first message enables the electronic device to efficiently indicate the number of replies that have been received to the first message before receiving an input to view the replies, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to determine the number of replies that have been received to the first message), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8C , displaying the replies user interface includes displaying the replies user interface overlaid on the messaging user interface (e.g., the background of the replies user interface is the messaging user interface). In some embodiments, while displaying the replies user interface, the electronic device displays the messaging user interface with lower contrast, different colors, and/or increased translucency compared to the appearance of the messaging user interface when the replies user interface is not displayed. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8B , before receiving the input corresponding to the request to view the replies to the first message, the messaging user interface is displayed with a visual characteristic having a first value (e.g., first contrast, first colors, first blurriness (e.g., not blurry) and/or first translucency). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8C , while displaying the replies user interface overlaid on the messaging user interface, the messaging user interface is displayed with the visual characteristic having a second value, different from the first value (e.g., less contrast than the first contrast, different colors than the first colors, more blurry than the first blurriness, and/or more translucency than the first translucency). The above-described manner of displaying the replies user interface overlaid on the messaging user interface with the visual characteristic having the second value enables the electronic device to visually associate the replies user interface with the messaging user interface with reduced visual clutter, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to confirm the association between the replies user interface and the messaging user interface), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8A , in the messaging user interface, the first set of one or more representations  808   a  and  806   a  are displayed in association with one or more visual indications  844   a  that the one or more second messages are replies to the first message (e.g., the one or more visual indications include text indicating that the sender of a respective second message is replying to the sender of the first message). For example, if Bob replies to Alice&#39;s message, the representation of Bob&#39;s message includes the text “Bob replying to Alice.” In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8C , in the replies user interface, the second set of one or more representations  838   a ,  840   a , and  838   b  are not displayed in association with the one or more visual indications that the one or more second messages are replies to the first message. In some embodiments, the representations of the second messages are not displayed in association with the visual indications that the second messages are replies to the first message because it is clear that the replies user interface only includes the first message and messages that are replies to the first messages. In some embodiments, the visual indications that the one or more second messages are replies to the first message are not necessary when displaying the replies user interface. The above-described manner of forgoing displaying the visual indications that the one or more second messages are replies to the first message enables the electronic device to display more second messages concurrently, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view all of the second messages), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the replies user interface overlaid on the messaging user interface, such as in  FIG. 8G , the electronic device  500  receives an indication  842   g  that a first respective message has been added to the messaging conversation (e.g., the first respective message is received from another electronic device). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the indication  842   g  that the first respective message has been added to the messaging conversation, the electronic device  500  updates the messaging user interface to include a first respective representation  838   c  of the first respective message while maintaining display of the replies user interface overlaid on the messaging user interface. In some embodiments, the first respective representation of the first respective message is displayed with the visual characteristic having the second value (e.g., increased translucency, different colors, and/or decreased contrast compared to the appearance of the messaging user interface while the replies user interface is not displayed). In some embodiments, if the first respective message is not a reply to the first message, the electronic device does not display a representation of the first respective message in the replies user interface. In some embodiments, if the first respective message is a reply to the first message, the electronic device displays a representation of the first respective message in the replies user interface while it remains overlaid on the messaging user interface. The above-described manner of updating the messaging user interface to include the first respective representation of the first respective message while maintaining display of the replies user interface overlaid on the messaging user interface enables the electronic device to indicate to the user that the first respective message has been received without requiring the user to navigate away from the replies user interface, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient, which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8G , the replies user interface includes a selectable option  824  that is selectable to initiate a process to reply to the first message in the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of the selectable option, the electronic device displays one or more options (e.g., a soft keyboard, a text entry field for entering the reply, a selectable affordance for adding the reply to the conversation) for composing a message that is a reply to the first message. The one or more options for composing the message optionally include a soft keyboard and/or one or more options for adding audio and/or an image to the message. In some embodiments, if the one or more options for composing a message were displayed when the electronic device detected the request to display the replies user interface, the electronic device continues displaying the one or more options to compose the message while displaying the replies user interface without detecting selection of the selectable option to initiate the process to reply to the first message. The above-described manner of displaying the selectable option to reply to the first message within the replies user interface enables the electronic device to provide an efficient way to reply to the first message without navigating away from the replies user interface first, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to create a message that is a reply to the first message), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8G , while displaying the replies user interface, the electronic device  500  receives an indication  842   g  that a first respective message has been added to the messaging conversation as a reply to the first message (e.g., the electronic device receives an indication of a message sent by another electronic device or the electronic device detects entry of a message that is a reply to the first message). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8G , in response to receiving the indication  842   g  that the first respective message has been added to the messaging conversation as the reply to the first message, the electronic device  500  updates the replies user interface to include a first respective representation  838   c  of the first respective message. In some embodiments, the first respective representation of the first respective message is added to the replies user interface while the replies user interface is being displayed. The replies user interface is optionally displayed overlaid on the messaging user interface and the electronic device optionally displays a second respective representation of the first respective message in the messaging user interface while displaying the first respective representation of the first respective message in the replies user interface. The above-described manner of updating the replies user interface to include the first respective representation of the first respective message enables the electronic device to efficiently display the contents of the first respective message without requiring the user enter an input refreshing the replies user interface or navigating to the messaging user interface, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the first respective message), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the messaging user interface includes a text box in which a draft message will be displayed in response to detecting one or more inputs composing a message (e.g., selection of keys on a soft keyboard). Prior to receiving the one or more inputs composing the message, the electronic device optionally displays the text box with text indicating the type of message that will be sent. For example, if the message will be sent as a text message, the text box says “text message,” if the message will be sent as an enhanced data-based message, the text indicates the name of the enhanced data-based messaging service. In response to detecting an input requesting to reply to the first message, the electronic device optionally updates the text box to say “reply.” 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8B , the replies user interface is displayed in response to the input corresponding to the request to view the replies to the first message satisfying one or more first criteria or one or more second criteria (e.g., the replies user interface is displayed in response to detecting selection of the selectable option displayed in association with the representation of the first message or in response to detecting selection of one of the first set of one or more representations of a respective second message). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8B , the one or more first criteria are satisfied when the input includes selection of a selectable option  814   b  displayed in association with the first representation of the first message in the messaging user interface. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8H , the one or more second criteria are satisfied when the input includes selection of a respective representation  812   a  of the first set of one or more representations. In some embodiments, the electronic device does not display the replies user interface in response to detecting selection of a representation of a message in the messaging user interface that is not a reply to a message in the messaging user interface. The above-described manner of displaying the replies user interface in response to detecting selection of the selectable option displayed in association with the representation of the first message or in response to detecting selection of a respective representation of the first set of one or more representations of second messages enables the electronic device to provide efficient ways of accessing the replies user interface, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to access the replies user interface), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the replies user interface overlaid on the messaging user interface, the electronic device detects an input corresponding to a request to navigate back to the messaging user interface. The input is optionally selection of a respective second representation of the first message or one of the second messages or selection of the messaging user interface (e.g., a tap on the background of the replies user interface). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input, the electronic device displays the messaging user interface without displaying the replies user interface. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8K , the first set of one or more representations includes a respective representation  812   b  of a first respective message. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8B , in accordance with a determination that the first respective message is a direct reply to the first message (e.g., the writer of the first respective message provided an input selecting the first message as the message to which the first respective message is a reply), the respective representation  806   a  is displayed in association with a visual indication indicating that the first respective message is a reply to the first message (e.g., the respective representation is displayed in association with a respective representation of the first message and/or with text indicating that the first respective message is a reply to the first message). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 8B , in accordance with a determination that the first respective message is a reply to a second respective message that is a reply to the first message (e.g., the writer of the first respective message provided an input selecting the second respective message as the message to which the first respective message is a reply), and is not a direct reply to the first message, the respective representation  812   a  is displayed in association with the visual indication indicating that the first respective message is a reply to the first message (e.g., the respective representation is displayed in association with a respective representation of the first message and/or with text indicating that the first respective message is a reply to the first message.). The above-described manner of displaying the respective representation of the first respective message that is a reply to the second respective message with an indication that the first respective message is a reply to the first message enables the electronic device to reduce the number of reply threads in the messaging conversation, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by enabling the user to view the replies in chronological order regardless of which message in the thread of replies to the first message to which the first respective message is a reply), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the messaging user interface includes representations of messages generated by the user account associated with the electronic device on the right side of the user interface and representations of messages generated by other user accounts on the left side of the user interface. In some embodiments, regardless of which user account generated the first message, a representation of a respective second message displayed with an indication that the second respective message is a reply to the first message is displayed on the side of the user interface according to which user account generated the second respective message. For example, if the user of the electronic device generated the first message and a different user generates a respective second message that is a reply to the first message, the representation of the respective second message and a second representation of the first message is entirely displayed on the left side of the messaging user interface even though the first message was generated by the user account associated with the electronic device, and vice-versa. 
     In some embodiments, in response to an input corresponding to a request to add a tag (e.g., like, dislike, etc.) to a respective message in the conversation, the electronic device displays a plurality of selectable options each associated with a respective tag and a selectable option to create a message that is a reply to the respective message. 
     In some embodiments, a representation of a respective second message is displayed with an indication of the first message, such as a second representation of the first message displayed at a smaller size, different color, and/or increased translucency compared to the original representation of the first message. In some embodiments, the representation of the respective second message includes text indicating that the author of the respective second message is replying to the author of the first message. For example, the representation of Alice&#39;s reply to Bob&#39;s message includes the text “Alice replying to Bob.” 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 9  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  1100 ,  1300 , and  1500 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  900  described above with respect to  FIG. 9 . For example, the ways of presenting indications of which messages are replies to other messages described above with reference to method  900  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the ways of presenting representations of messaging conversations, ways of creating and presenting mentions, ways of presenting indications of messages that are replies to other messages, etc., described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  1100 ,  1300 , and  1500 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., a as described with respect to  FIGS. 1A-1B, 3, 5A-5H ) or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to  FIG. 9  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . For example, displaying operations  902  and  908  and receiving operation  904  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch screen  504 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch screen corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     User Interfaces for Creating and Presenting Mentions 
     Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners, including using an electronic device to send and receive messages. The embodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic device creates and presents links (e.g., rich links) to contacts in a messaging conversation (e.g., “mentions”). Presenting and creating mentions in the ways described herein enhances interactions with a device such as by reducing the time and inputs it takes to create a mention, thus reducing the amount of time needed by a user to perform operations, thus reducing the power usage of the device, which increases battery life for battery-powered devices. It is understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a user of the device. 
       FIGS. 10A - 10 TTT illustrate exemplary ways in which the electronic device  500  displays indications of links (e.g., rich links) associated with user accounts in a messaging conversation according to some embodiments. The embodiments in  FIGS. 10A - 10 TTT are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes described with reference to  FIGS. 11A-11B . Although  FIGS. 10A - 10 TTT illustrate various examples of ways an electronic device is able to perform the processes described below with reference to  FIGS. 11A-11B , it should be understood that these examples are not meant to be limiting, and the electronic device is able to perform one or more processes described below with reference to  FIGS. 11A-11B  in ways not expressly described with reference to  FIGS. 10A - 10 TTT. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  is able to add a link (e.g., a rich link) associated with a user account (e.g., a “mention” directed to the user account) to an outgoing message and present indications of mentions of the user of the electronic device  500  and other users in a messaging conversation. In some embodiments, when the electronic device  500  transmits a message to one or more other electronic devices that includes a mention, the electronic device  500  encodes the mention with at least one communication identifier (e.g., phone number, e-mail address, user name, or a unique identifier) associated with the user who is mentioned. In some embodiments, the communication identifier is encoded with the text that is to be displayed as the mention. For example, the message data includes one or more delimiters (e.g., { }, [ ], etc.) around the text that is to be presented as a mention, an mention attribute indicating that the text is to be presented as a mention, and the communication identifier associated with the contact as the value for the mention attribute. Specifically, in one example, for a message of “Hi Emily, I miss you!” in which “Emily” is mentioned, the electronic device  500  will create an attributed string such as “Hi { } Emily {“mention”=“emily@email.com”;}, I miss you! { }.” 
     When the attributed string is sent, the attribute indicating that the text is to be presented as a mention is identified and values of the attribute are encoded and placed into a message dictionary. In some implementations, the communication identifier may be considered a value of the mention attribute. In the example above of a message of “Hi Emily, I miss you!” in which “Emily” is mentioned, the mention attribute, “mention,” has the communication identifier, “emily@email.com” associated as a value of the attribute. 
     In some implementations, the message dictionary stores &lt;key,value&gt; pairs of mentions and communication identifiers with ranges. The communication identifier will be placed in the message dictionary under a mention key along with the range in which the mention should be displayed in the message. Referring back to the example message, “Hi Emily, I miss you!,” in which “Emily” is a mention, the mention for “Emily” starts at the third position of the message and has a length of five to cover all letters in the name “Emily.” Therefore, the range for the mention is {3, 5}. The encoded string for the mention may be stored with a key of “m” for mention and a value of “{3, 5}|emily@email.com” for the range and communication identifier. In this example, the range is encoded as {start, length} and is separated from the communication identifier by the pipe character “|,” however one skilled in the art would know to use other characters to separate the range from the identifier. 
     In some implementations, a message may include multiple mentions. For example, a message may be sent that says, “Hey Emily &amp; Kaden, time for dinner!” in which both “Emily” and “Kaden” are mentions. The electronic device  500  may then create an attributed string such “Hey { } Emily {“mention”=“emily@email.com”;} &amp; { } Kaden {“mention”=“kaden@email.com”;}, time for dinner! { }.” In this example, there are two mention attributes, one associated with “Emily” and the second associated with “Kaden.” For the encoded string that is stored in the message dictionary, the mention attributes may be created using (1) the range (e.g., start and length of the substring) of the message that should be a mention, and (2) the communication identifier (e.g., handle) that is associated with the mention. Each mention attribute may be in the format of “range|communication identifier.” For multiple mentions, the mention attributes may be joined by a semicolon. Using the example message, “Hey Emily &amp; Kaden, time for dinner!” in which both “Emily” and “Kaden” are mentions, the mention attributes may be shown as “{4, 5}|emily@email.com; {12, 5}|kaden@email.com.” In some embodiments, when the electronic device  500  receives a message including a mention, the electronic device decodes the mention by matching the communication identifier to contact information stored on the electronic device  500  (e.g., in a contact card of a contact in an address book stored on the electronic device  500 ). In accordance with a determination that the communication identifier matches the contact information, the electronic device  500  associates the mention with the contact information. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the message including the mention, the electronic device  500  identifies the respective text that is to be displayed with styling to indicate that it is a mention, as will be described in more detail below. The electronic device  500  can store the association of the text to be displayed as the mention with the communication identifier of the contact to be mentioned. In some embodiments, once the electronic device  500  determines the contact to be associated with the mention and displays the mention with styling to indicate that it is a mention, the electronic device  500  enables user interactions with the mention that are specific to the contact that was mentioned. For example, once the association between the mention and the contact has been stored, in response to detecting selection of the mention, the electronic device  500  presents the contact card of the respective contact. As another example, based on the communication identifier associated with the mention, the electronic device is able to determine whether the user of the electronic device is being mentioned or whether another user with the same name as the user of the electronic device is being mentioned by associating the text displayed as a mention with the mentioned user based on the user&#39;s communication identifier, instead of matching merely based on the text (e.g., the name) that is displayed as the mention. 
     As will be described in more detail with reference to  FIGS. 10A - 10 TTT, in some embodiments, an electronic device  500  associates text with a contact to create a mention by matching the entered text with a name (e.g., first name, last name, nickname) of the contact included in the contact card of the contact. In some embodiments, a respective contact can be stored in association with different names in the contact cards of two different electronic devices. For example, Bernadette&#39;s friend may store Bernadette&#39;s contact information (e.g., phone number, e-mail address, etc.) in association with the name “Bernadette,” (e.g., the contact card includes the name “Bernadette”) while Bernadette&#39;s son may store Bernadette&#39;s contact information (e.g., phone number, e-mail address) in association with the name “Mom” (e.g., the contact card includes the name “Mom”). In this example, Bernadette&#39;s friend and Bernadette&#39;s son can save the same e-mail address and/or phone number in contact cards including different names (e.g., “Bernadette” or “Mom”). In some embodiments, the contact to be associated with a mention is identified by matching a communication identifier (e.g., phone number, e-mail address, other user name) to the communication identifier of a respective contact. By identifying a contact using a communication identifier, an electronic device  500  is able to properly associate mentions with contacts even if the text presented as a mention of a respective contact does not match the name of the contact stored on the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, while the electronic device  500  is determining whether text should be presented as a mention, the electronic device  500  is able to match the text that is entered to a name of a contact even if the text that was entered and the name included on the contact card of the contact are different variations of the name. For example, in some languages (e.g., Russian), names are associated with a plurality of variations selected based on context. As another example, the electronic device  500  is able to match variations of a name where one variation of the name includes one or more accented characters and the other variation does not include the accented characters (e.g., matching “Chloe” and “Chloe”). As another example, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  is able to match a phonetic spelling of a name using a first alphabet system to the spelling of the name using a second alphabet system. In some embodiments, this way of matching names that are different variations of the same name is facilitated by a dictionary, a function, and/or an application programming interface (API). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 10A , the electronic device  500  receives an indication  1006   a  of an incoming message that includes a mention of the user of the electronic device  500 . In response to indication  1006   a , the electronic device  500  optionally presents an indication  1002   a  (e.g., notification) of the message, including the text of the message, or at least a portion of the text of the message. In some embodiments, the indication  1002   a  is displayed in a user interface other than a user interface of a messaging application (e.g., displayed while device  500  is displaying a home screen user interface). In some embodiments, the text of the message or the portion of the text of the message included in indication  1002   a  includes a mention  1004  of the user of the electronic device that is displayed with a visual characteristic different from the rest of the text of the message displayed in the indication  1002   a . As shown in  FIG. 10A , in some embodiments, the mention  1004  is displayed in bold and underlined typeface but in some embodiments, the mention  1004  is displayed in a different color than the color of the rest of the text of the message. Other ways of distinguishing the mention  1004  from the rest of the text of the message are possible. Indication  1002   a  can further include text indicating that the user was mentioned in the conversation (e.g., “you were mentioned”) in some embodiments. 
     As shown in  FIG. 10A , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the indication  1002   a  of the message. In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10A , the electronic device  500  optionally displays a representation  1008   a  of the message in a messaging user interface (e.g., of a messaging application that includes the user interfaces described above with reference to  FIGS. 6A-9 ). Although there are no other messages in the messaging conversation illustrated in  FIG. 10B , in some embodiments, previous messages in the conversation are also displayed in the user interface in response to selection of the indication  1002   a  of the message illustrated in  FIG. 10A . 
     As shown in  FIG. 10B , in some embodiments, the indication  1008   a  of the message includes the text of the message, including the mention  1004  of the user of the electronic device. The messaging user interface optionally further includes a text entry field  1014  towards which input composing a reply message is directed, a soft keyboard  1012  with which the user is able to provide the text of the reply message, and an option  1016  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to transmit the message to the other user in the conversation. As shown in  FIG. 10B , the text entry field  1014  includes text that was provided by the user optionally using the soft keyboard  1012  or another input mechanism, for example. The text optionally includes a portion  1018   a  of text that possibly corresponds to the name of the other user in the conversation. The user may select (e.g., with contact  1003 ) a region of the soft keyboard corresponding to a character to enter the character into the text entry region  1014 . 
     In  FIG. 10C , in some embodiments, the text entry field  1014  may be updated to include further text provided by the user, including a portion  1018   b  of text that possibly corresponds to the name of the other user in the conversation. Because the portion  1018   b  of text matches a first portion of the other user&#39;s name and has a length that exceeds a predetermined length (e.g., 2 or 3 characters, etc.), in some embodiments, the portion  1018   b  of text is displayed with a visual characteristic different from the other text in the text entry field  1014  (e.g., “Hi”), including displaying the “B” with the different visual characteristic. As shown in  FIG. 10C , the portion  1018   b  may be displayed at a larger size than the other text and/or in italics, but in some embodiments, another visual characteristic, such as bold text, or a color differing from the color of the rest of the text in text entry field  1014  is used. For example, the text in the text entry field other than text  1018   b  may be displayed in black or white and text  1018   b  may be displayed in a different color, such as grey, blue, another color, and/or a color with a special visual effect (e.g., shimmering, color shifting, etc.). As shown in  FIG. 10C , the user optionally continues to enter text with the soft keyboard (e.g., with contact  1003 ). 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 10D , after the user has provided further input to enter more text to text entry field  1014 , the electronic device  500  continues to display the portion  1018   c  of text corresponding to the name of the other user in the conversation with the larger size and the italic text as described above with reference to  FIG. 10C . As shown in  FIG. 10D , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the portion  1018   c  of text corresponding to the name of the other user in the messaging conversation. 
     In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10D , the electronic device  500  optionally displays the portion of text  1018   d  in text that is bold and not italic, as shown in  FIG. 10E . It should be understood that text  1018   c  illustrated in  FIG. 10D  and text  1018   d  illustrated in  FIG. 10E  have the same text content and are the same text, but are displayed in different styles in response to the user input illustrated in  FIG. 10D . The style of the text in  FIG. 10E  indicates to the user that the portion of text  1018   a  will be a mention (e.g., a link, a rich link) corresponding to the other user in the messaging conversation when the message is sent. Although  FIG. 10E  illustrates text  1018   d  as being displayed in bold text, in some embodiments, the text is displayed in a color different from the color of the rest of the text in the text entry field  1014 . For example, the rest of the text is displayed in black or white and text  1018   d  is displayed in a different color such as blue, grey, or another color or a color with a special visual effect (e.g., shimmering, color shifting, etc.). In some embodiments, the text  1018   d  is displayed in the other color and in bold. 
     In some embodiments, text that does not correspond to the name of a contact (e.g., because the text is different from the name of a contact in the conversation, because the text matches the beginning of the name of a contact in the conversation but does not meet a length threshold, because the text does not match the name of the contact in the conversation) is displayed with a first appearance. As illustrated herein, text that does not correspond to the name of a contact in the conversation is shown without bold or italic styling. In some embodiments, text that does not correspond to the name of a contact in the conversation is displayed in a first color (e.g., black or white). 
     In some embodiments, text that corresponds to the name of a contact in the conversation but has not been designated as a mention (e.g., text that matches the name of the contact in the conversation or text that matches a beginning portion of the name of a contact in the conversation prior to receiving an input turning the name into a mention) is displayed with a second appearance. In some embodiments, inputs that correspond to requests to turn names into mentions include selection of the text that corresponds to a contact in the conversation but is not yet a mention, selection of an option to turn the text into a mention, entry of a predetermined character (e.g., the “@” symbol) with the name of the contact in the conversation (e.g., typing the “@” symbol before the name, such as typing “@Bernadette”). As illustrated herein, text that does not correspond to the name of a contact in the conversation is shown with italic styling. In some embodiments, text that corresponds to the name of a contact in the conversation but has not yet been turned into a mention is displayed in a second color (e.g., grey, blue, another color, any color with a special visual effect (e.g., shimmering, color-changing, sparkling, glowing, etc.)). 
     In some embodiments, text in the text entry field that will become a mention when the message is sent is displayed with a third appearance. There are a number of ways text can be turned into a mention that will be described herein. As illustrated herein, text in the text entry field that will become a mention is displayed with bold styling. In some embodiments, text in the text entry field that will become a mention is displayed with a third color (e.g., blue, grey, another color). 
     Once messages are sent, in some embodiments, the message can include one or more mentions that are displayed with different text styling than the styling of other text in the message that is not a mention. As illustrated herein, text in a sent message that is not a mention is not displayed in bold typeface. In some embodiments, text in a sent message that is not a mention is displayed in typeface that is not bold and is in a respective color (e.g., black, white, etc.). As illustrated herein, a mention of a user other than the user of the electronic device is displayed with bold typeface. In some embodiments, a mention of the user other than the user of the electronic device is displayed with bold typeface in the color matching the rest of the text of the message (e.g., black or white) or, in some embodiments, a different color (e.g., blue, green, grey, etc.). In some embodiments, different text styling is used to designate a mention of a user other than the user of the electronic device. As illustrated herein, a mention of the user of the electronic device is displayed in bold and underlined typeface. In some embodiments, a mention of the user of the electronic device is displayed in bold typeface in a color (e.g., blue, green, grey, etc.) that is different from the color (e.g., black, white, etc.) of the rest of the text of the message. In some embodiments, different text styling is used to designate a mention of the user of the electronic device. In some embodiments, mentions of a user other than the user of the electronic device and mentions of the user of the electronic device are displayed with different text styling, such as different colors or another difference. 
     In  FIG. 10F , in some embodiments, the user continues inputting text to text entry field  1014  (e.g., with contact  1003 ) via the soft keyboard  1012 . In  FIG. 10G , the text entry field  1014  is optionally updated to include further text provided by the user and the user continues inputting text in the same manner described with reference to  FIG. 10F . 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 10H , the text entry field  1014  is updated again to include a portion of text  1020   a  displayed in italics to indicate that the text may correspond to the other user in the messaging conversation (e.g., because text  1020   a  matches a beginning portion of the user&#39;s name). As shown in  FIG. 10H , the user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) another region of the soft keyboard  1012  to continue inputting text into text entry field  1014 . In some embodiments, in response to the input illustrated in  FIG. 10H , the electronic device  500  updates the text entry field  1014  as shown in  FIG. 10I . 
     In some embodiments, in  FIG. 10I , the electronic device  500  displays the portion of text  1020   b  which no longer corresponds to the name of the other user in the messaging conversation. Because text  1020   b  does not correspond to the other user in the conversation, the electronic device  500  optionally displays the portion of text  1020   b —including the portion “ber” that had been displayed in italics in  FIG. 6H —with the same style as the other text in the text entry field  1014 . The user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) another region of the soft keyboard  1012  to continue inputting text to the text entry field. In  FIG. 10J , the user continues inputting text to the text entry field  1014  via the soft keyboard  1012 . 
       FIG. 10K  illustrates the user interface after the user has input additional text to text entry field  1014 , for example. The text entry field  1014  optionally includes a portion  1022   a  of text that may correspond to the name of the other user in the conversation because the portion  1022   a  of text matches the beginning of the name of the other user in the messaging conversation. Because the text  1022   a  may correspond to the name of the other user in the conversation, the electronic device  500  optionally displays the portion of text  1022   a  in larger font that the other text in the text entry field (other than mention  1018   d ) and in italics. If the user were to select text  1022   a , it would optionally turn into a mention similar to mention  1018   d . The user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) a region of the soft keyboard  1012  to continue inputting text to the text entry field  1014 . 
       FIG. 10L  illustrates the messaging user interface after additional text has been input to text entry field  1014 , for example. In some embodiments, portion of text  1022   b , which continues to correspond to the name of the other user in the messaging conversation, continues to be displayed in italics to indicate that, if selected, the portion of text  1022   b  will turn into a mention of the other user in the conversation. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 10M , the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the portion  1022   b  of text corresponding to the name of the other user in the conversation. In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10M , the electronic device  500  optionally updates the text entry field  1014  as shown in  FIG. 10N  to display the portion of text  1022   c  in bold, thus indicating that the portion of text  1022   c  will be a mention of the other user in the conversation when the message is sent. When converting the portion of text  1022   b  illustrated in  FIG. 10M  to the portion of text  1022   c  shown in  FIG. 10N , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  corrects the capitalization of the name of the other user in the conversation (e.g., replacing “bernadette” with “Bernadette”). In some embodiments, the capitalization of the name is corrected such that the capitalization matches the capitalization of the name of the contact card as it appears on the contact card associated with the contact. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  stores and displays contact information of one or more contacts as “contact cards.” A contact card can include information such as one or more names (e.g., first name, last name, nickname) of the contact, contact information (e.g., phone number, e-mail addresses, physical addresses, social media accounts) of the contact, an image associated with the contact (e.g., a photo provided by the contact or by the user of the electronic device, if no image is provided by a user, the electronic device optionally uses a default image, such as the initials of the user&#39;s name). In some embodiments, the electronic device determines whether or not text corresponds to the name of a user in a respective messaging conversation by comparing the text to the names associated with the contact on the contact card. In some embodiments, the text corresponds to the name of the contact if the text matches a name of the contact (and does not correspond to the name of the contact if the text only matches a beginning portion of the name). In some embodiments, the text corresponds to the name of the contact if the text matches a beginning portion of the name of the contact and exceeds a predetermined threshold (e.g., 2 or 3 or 4 or 5 characters). In some embodiments, the predetermined threshold depends on the number of characters in the contact&#39;s name (e.g., text with two characters may “correspond” to a name of a contact with three letters, but text with two characters may not “correspond” to the name of a contact with a longer name even if the text matches the first two letters of the name, text with three or four or more characters may “correspond” to the name of the contact with the longer name). 
     Returning to  FIG. 10N , The user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) a region of the soft keyboard to continue inputting text to the text entry field  1014 . 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 10O , the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the space bar of the soft keyboard  1012 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting the contact  1003  for a time that is at least a predetermined threshold (e.g., 0.25 or 0.5 or 1 second), the electronic device  500  enables the user to move an insertion marker displayed in the text entry field  1014 . 
     In  FIG. 10P , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the user interface with the insertion marker of the text entry field moved in accordance with further input provided by the user following the selection  1003  illustrated in  FIG. 10O . The insertion marker is displayed immediately following the portion of text  1022   c  corresponding to a mention of the other user in the messaging conversation. As shown in  FIG. 10P , the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) a backspace option included in the soft keyboard  1012 . 
     As shown in  FIG. 10Q , in some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10P , instead of deleting the last character in the portion of text  1022   d , the electronic device  500  removes the mention from the portion of text  1022   d . Portion of text  1022   d  may be updated to be displayed in italics to indicate that the text may correspond to a mention of the other user in the messaging conversation. In addition to removing the mention functionality from the portion of text  1022   d , the electronic device  500  optionally undoes the capitalization of “bernadette.” In some embodiments, when the mention functionality is removed from text, the mention text (e.g., “Bernadette”) is replaced with the text (e.g., “bernadette”) that had been replaced to be turned into a mention. As shown in  FIG. 10Q , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the space bar of the soft keyboard  1012  to add a space after the portion of text  1022   d.    
     As shown in  FIG. 10R , in some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10R , the electronic device  500  inserts a space after portion of text  1022   e . The portion of text  1022   e  may now be displayed without special styling because the user has declined to turn the portion of text  1022   e  into a mention (e.g., by inserting a space after portion  1022   d  of text instead of selecting the text  1022   d ). The user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the backspace option of soft keyboard  1012  to remove the space. 
     In response to the user input illustrated in  FIG. 10R , the insertion marker is moved to the location immediately after text  1022   d , as shown in  FIG. 10S . In some embodiments, because the insertion marker is immediately after text  1022   d , which may correspond to the name of the contact in the conversation, the electronic device  500  displays the text  1022   d  in italics to indicate that it is possible to turn text  1022   d  into a mention. In  FIG. 10S , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the option  1016  to send the message to the conversation. In some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10S , the electronic device  500  displays a representation  1010   a  of the message sent by the user, as shown in  FIG. 10T . 
     As shown in  FIG. 10T , in some embodiments, the representation  1010   a  of the message includes a mention  1005   a  of the other user in the messaging conversation. The mention  1005   a  is optionally displayed in bold typeface to distinguish it from the rest of the text of the message. If the user were to select the mention  1005   a , the electronic device  500  would, in some embodiments, in response to the selection, display contact information associated with the other user in the messaging conversation. As shown in  FIG. 10T , the user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) an option to navigate to a user interface illustrating representations of other messaging conversations accessible to electronic device  500 , as shown in  FIG. 10U . 
     In  FIG. 10U , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a messaging user interface including representations of other messaging conversations that are displayed in a manner similar to one or more of the ways described above with reference to  FIGS. 6A-7 . As shown in  FIG. 10U , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) one of the representations  1038  of another messaging conversation. In some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10U , the electronic device  500  displays the messaging user interface illustrated in  FIG. 10V . 
     As shown in  FIG. 10V , in some embodiments, the user interface includes representations  1010   b  and  1010   c  of messages previously sent by the user of the electronic device  500  and a representation  1008   b  of a message sent by the other user in the conversation. Text entry field  1014  optionally includes text previously entered by the user, including portion  1024   a  of text that matches a portion of the name of the user in the conversation illustrated in  FIGS. 10B-10T . The user may continue to enter text with contact  1003  on soft keyboard  1012 . 
       FIG. 10W  illustrates the updated text in text entry field  1014 , including portion  124   b  of text that matches the portion  1022   a  of text corresponding to the other user in the conversation illustrated in  FIG. 10K , for example. Because that user is not part of the conversation illustrated in  FIG. 10W , however, the electronic device  500  optionally displays the portion  1024   b  of text with the same style as the other text in the text entry field (e.g., device  500  does not display portion  1024   b  of text in italics as a possible mention, as it did in  FIG. 10K ). In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  does not create or facilitate the creation of mentions of users in conversations to which they do not have access (or of which they are not a part). As such, text corresponding to Bernadette in  FIG. 10W  will optionally not be displayed by device  500  in italics. As shown in  FIG. 10W , the user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) another region of the soft keyboard  1012  to continue entering text into text entry field  1014 . 
       FIG. 10X  illustrates the rest of the text entered into text entry field  1014 , for example. Portion  1024   c  of text may match the name of the other user, but is displayed with the same style as the rest of the message because the other user is not part of this conversation. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of text  1024   c , the electronic device  500  optionally displays an option that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to initiate a process to add the user corresponding to text  1024   c  (e.g., Bernadette) to the conversation. In some embodiments, once the user has been added to the conversation, it is possible to turn text  1024   c  into a mention of the user according to one or more examples described herein. As shown in  FIG. 10X , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the option  1016  to send the message to the conversation. In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10X , the electronic device  500  optionally transmits the message to the conversation and displays a representation  1010   d  of the message, as shown in  FIG. 10Y . 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 10Y , the electronic device  500  displays the representation  1010   d  of the message sent by the user in  FIG. 10X . In some embodiments, the representation  1010   d  does not include a mention of the user from the conversation illustrated in  FIGS. 10B-10T  because that user is not in the conversation illustrated in  FIG. 10Y . The text entry field  1014  in  FIG. 10Y  optionally includes text entered by the user, including an “@” symbol. The “@” symbol may be used as another way of creating mentions of other users in a messaging conversation, as will be demonstrated with reference to  FIGS. 10Y-10EE . Still referring to  FIG. 10Y , the user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) a region of the soft keyboard  1012  to continue inputting text into text entry field  1014 . 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 10Z , the electronic device  500  displays, within text entry field  1014 , the text  1026   b  entered by the user. Because text  1026   b  corresponds to the last name of the other user in the conversation (e.g., Smith of Even Smith), the electronic device  500  optionally displays the text  1026   b  in italics to indicate that the user is able to provide an input to turn text  1026   b  into a mention of the other user. 
     As shown in  FIG. 10Z , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the text  1026   b . In some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10Z , the electronic device  500  turns the text into a mention  1026   c  as shown in  FIG. 10AA . The text of the mention  1026   c  is optionally the last name of the other user without the “@” symbol (e.g., device  500  removes the @ symbol in response to turning the text into the mention). Because the user entered the last name of the other user, in some embodiments, the text of the mention  1026   c  is the last name of the other user and is not replaced with other text, such as the first name or full name of the other user. In some embodiments, if the user were to enter the first name or a nickname of the contact after the “@” symbol, the text of the mention would be the text entered by the user (e.g., the first name or the nickname) after the “@” symbol, again, without replacing the text with the others of the first, last, and/or nicknames of the other user. 
       FIG. 10BB  illustrates the text  1026   b  illustrated in  FIG. 10Z  again as another example. In  FIG. 10BB , instead of selecting the text  1026   b , the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the space bar of the soft keyboard  1012 , for example. In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10BB , the electronic device  500  optionally enters a space after the text corresponding to the last name of the other user in the conversation and turns the text into mention  1026   c , as shown in  FIG. 10CC  (e.g., including removing the @ symbol in response to turning the text into the mention). Mention  1026   c  is described in more detail above with reference to  FIG. 10AA , for example. 
       FIG. 10DD  illustrates the messaging user interface after the user has provided further text to the text entry field  1014 , for example. Mention  1026   c  is optionally displayed in bold text, whereas the rest of the text in the text entry field  1014  is optionally not displayed in bold. As shown in  FIG. 10DD , the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the option  1016  to transmit the text illustrated in text entry field  1014  as a message into the messaging conversation. 
     In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10DD , the electronic device  500  displays the indication  1010   e  of the message in the messaging conversation as shown in  FIG. 10EE . 
     In  FIG. 10EE , the electronic device  500  displays the representation  1010   e  of the message sent by the user in  FIG. 10DD . The indication  1010   e  of the message includes a mention  1005   b  of the other user in the conversation that is illustrated in bold typeface. In some embodiments, the mention  1005   b  is distinguished from the rest of the text in the message, which is not illustrated in bold typeface. If the electronic device  500  detects selection of mention  1005   b , the electronic device  500  would display contact information associated with the other user in the conversation. 
       FIG. 10FF  illustrates an exemplary messaging conversation between the user of the electronic device  500  and two other users. The electronic device  500  optionally displays representations  1008   c  and  1008   d  of messages sent by other users in the conversations and a representation  1010   f  of a message sent by the user of the electronic device  500 . Representation  1010   f  is optionally a reply to the message corresponding to representation  1008   d  in a manner similar to the way in which the electronic device  500  displays indications of reply messages described above with reference to  FIGS. 8A-9 . As shown in  FIG. 10FF , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) an option  1040  to access a settings user interface associated with the messaging conversation. 
       FIG. 10GG  illustrates an exemplary settings user interface associated with the messaging conversation. The user interface optionally includes representations of the other users in the conversation, including options to message or call each user. The user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) an option  1042  to hide alerts related to the messaging conversation. When the “hide alerts” setting is activated, the electronic device  500  optionally forgoes presenting indications of notifications of new messages in the messaging conversation unless the new message(s) includes a mention of the user of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, there is a global setting available on the electronic device  500  (e.g., accessible via a global settings application rather than via the messaging application) that causes the electronic device  500  to forgo presenting notifications of messages including mentions when the message is in a conversation for which alerts are hidden. In some embodiments, in  FIG. 10HH , in response to the selection in  FIG. 10GG , the electronic device  500  presents the option  1042  with visual styling to indicate that the setting to hide alerts is activated. 
     In  FIG. 10II , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  receives an indication  1006   ii  of a new message received in the messaging conversation illustrated in  FIG. 10FF  (e.g., while displaying a user interface other than a user interface of the messaging application, such as a home screen user interface). Because the user activated the setting to hide alerts of new messages received in the conversation and the new message does not include a mention of the user of the electronic device, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  forgoes presenting a visual indication of indication  1006   ii  as shown in  FIG. 10II . 
     In  FIG. 10JJ , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  receives an indication  1006   jj  of another message received in the conversation illustrated in  FIG. 10FF  (e.g., while displaying a user interface other than a user interface of the messaging application, such as a home screen user interface). Because this message includes a mention of the user of the electronic device  500 , the electronic device  500  optionally displays visual indication  1002   b  of the message. The visual indication optionally includes the text of message, including the mention  1004  of the user of the electronic device  500  (e.g., Alex). In some embodiments, indication  1002   b  is displayed in a manner similar to the manner indication  1002   a  is described above with reference to  FIG. 10A . 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 10KK , the user provides an input (e.g., a downward swipe with contact  1003  from the top of the home screen user interface) to present a notifications user interface on the electronic device  500 . In response to the input illustrated in  FIG. 10KK , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 10LL . 
     In  FIG. 10LL , the electronic device  500  displays the visual indication  1002   b  of the message received in  FIG. 10JJ , for example. In some embodiments, the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 10LL  includes other visual indications of other notifications received on the electronic device  500 , including a visual indication of the message received in  FIG. 10II . As shown in  FIG. 10LL , the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the visual indication  1002   b  of the message. 
     As shown in  FIG. 10MM , in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10LL , the electronic device  500  displays the messaging conversation scrolled to a position in the conversation (e.g., different from the end of the conversation) including a representation  1008   g  of the message corresponding to visual indication  1002   b  in  FIG. 10LL . In some embodiments, the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 10MM  would also be displayed if the user had selected visual indication  1002   b  while it was displayed in the user interface illustrated in  FIG. 10JJ . In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of a visual indication of a message that does not include a mention of the user of the electronic device  500 , the electronic device  500  displays the messaging user interface without scrolling the representations of messages to the message corresponding to the selected visual indication (e.g., device  500  displays the messaging user interface at a scroll position corresponding to the end of the messaging conversation). Thus, in some embodiments, selecting a notification of a message that includes a mention (e.g., of the user of the device  500 , or of another user in the conversation) optionally causes device  500  to display the contents of the messaging conversation at the scroll position corresponding to the mention. 
     In some embodiments, a contact of the user of the electronic device  500  is associated with multiple names, such as a first name, last name, or nickname included in the contact card of the user. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  is able to create a mention corresponding to the contact using any of the names associated with the contact, as will be described in further detail below with reference to  FIGS. 10NN-10UU . Moreover, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays an indication of a mention in response to detecting selection of text corresponding to a name associated with a contact. 
     For example, as shown in  FIG. 10NN , the user has entered the “@” symbol into the text entry field  1014  displayed with a messaging conversation. The user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) a region of the soft keyboard  1012  associated with a respective character to enter the character into the text entry field  1014 . 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 1000 , the user has entered a portion  1028   b  of text corresponding to a nickname (e.g., “kitty”) included in the contact card of the contact (e.g., Eve Smith). In response to detecting that the portion  1028   b  of text corresponds to the nickname of the contact (e.g., Eve Smith), in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents a selectable option  1046   a  (e.g., displayed above the text entry field) that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to turn portion  1028   b  of text into a mention. As shown in  FIG. 1000 , the user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the option  1046   a.    
     In  FIG. 10PP , for example, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 1000 , the electronic device  500  displays mention  1028   c . The mention  1028   c  may be displayed in bold text and corresponds to the nickname of the contact. Mention  1028   c  can have one or more of the features and characteristics of other mentions described herein. In this example, the nickname “kitty” with a lowercase “k” is stored in association with the contact&#39;s contact information, so the electronic device  500  does not capitalize “kitty” when turning the text into mention  1028   c . In some embodiments, if the user had entered the text “Kitty” with a capital “K,” the electronic device  500  would change the capitalization to conform to the capitalization of the contact card (e.g., changing the text to “kitty” with a lowercase “k”). Because the text in  FIG. 10PP  has the same capitalization as the text on the contact card, the electronic device  500  does not change the capitalization, for example. If the nickname “Kitty” in the contact card had a capital “K,” then text  1028   c  would have been updated to match the capitalization of the nickname in the contact card (e.g., “Kitty” with a capital “K”). 
     In  10 QQ, as an example, the user begins to enter a text into text entry field  1014  again.  FIG. 10RR  illustrates the text provided by the user into text entry field  1014  as an example. The portion  1030   a  of text (“Smi”) corresponds to the beginning of the contact&#39;s last name (e.g., “Smith”), so the electronic device  500  optionally displays the portion  1030   a  of text in italics to indicate that is it is possible that the text  1030   a  corresponds to the contact. The italics optionally indicate that it is possible to turn the portion  1030   a  of text into a mention associated with the contact. 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 10SS , the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the portion  1030   a  of text. In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10SS , the electronic device  500  optionally presents a selectable option  1046   a  (e.g., above the text entry field) that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to turn the portion  1030   a  of text into a mention associated with the contact, as shown in  FIG. 10TT . 
     In  FIG. 10TT , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays option  1046   a  and the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the option  1046   a . Option  1046   a  can include the name of the contact in the conversation and an image associated with the contact card of the contact. In some embodiments, the nickname of the contact (e.g., “kitty”) is also displayed. In some embodiments, even if there is a nickname associated with the contact card, the option  1046   a  includes the first and last names of the contact without the nickname. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays options similar to option  1046   a  in response to the inputs illustrated in  FIGS. 10D, 10M , and/or  10 Z. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  does not display an option similar to option  1046   a  in response to the input illustrated in  FIG. 10Z  because the portion  1026   b  of text selected by the user includes the “@” character which indicates that the text should be turned into a mention. 
     In some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10TT , the electronic device  500  turns the portion  1030   a  of text into a mention  1030   b , as shown in  FIG. 10UU . As shown in  FIG. 10UU , because the text  1030   a  illustrated in  FIG. 10RR  corresponds to the last name of the contact, the mention  1030   b  optionally corresponds to the text of the user&#39;s last name. 
     In  FIG. 10VV , as an example, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) a region of the soft keyboard  1012  corresponding to a character to enter text into text entry field  1014 . 
     In  FIG. 10WW , the electronic device  500  displays a portion of text  1032   a  entered by the user. Because the text  1032   a  corresponds to the first name of the contact, the electronic device  500  displays the text  1032   a  in italics to indicate that it is possible to turn the text  1032   a  into a mention associated with the contact. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  does not display text in italics unless the text matches an entire name (e.g., first or last name, nickname) of the contact in the conversation, even if the text matches a first portion of the name. 
     As shown in  FIG. 10WW , the user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) a region of the soft keyboard  1003  to continue entering text into text entry field  1014 . As shown in  FIG. 10XX , after the user continues typing a message into the text entry field  1014 , the electronic device  500  optionally displays the portion  1032   b  of text in the same style as the rest of the message because the user continued typing instead of turning the text  1032   a  illustrated in  FIG. 10WW  into a mention associated with the contact. As shown in  FIG. 10XX , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the space bar of the soft keyboard  1012 . In some embodiments, in response to detecting contact  1003  for an amount of time that is at least a predetermined threshold (0.25 or 0.5 or 1 second), the electronic device  500  enables the user to move the location of an insertion marker within the text entry field  1014 . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  would also move the insertion marker if, instead of selecting the space bar of soft keyboard  1012  as described above, the user were to select a region of the display immediately after the text  1032   b.    
     As shown in  FIG. 10YY , in some embodiments, in response to detecting movement of the insertion marker to the location immediately after portion of text  1032   c , the electronic device optionally  500  displays the text  1032   c  in italics to indicate that it is possible to turn text  1032   c  into a mention associated with the contact. 
     In  FIG. 10ZZ , in some embodiments, in response to detecting movement of the insertion marker to the location immediately after text  1034   a , the electronic device  500  optionally forgoes displaying text  1034   a  in italics because the name corresponding to text  1034   a  (e.g., Grace) is not the name of a person with access to the messaging conversation (e.g., is not the name of a person included in the conversation). 
     In some embodiments, two or more users in a group conversation have the same first name, last name or nickname. As shown in FIG.  10 AAA, for example, when the electronic device  500  detects entry of text  1036   a  corresponding to more than one person in the conversation, the electronic device  500  presents options  1046   b  and  1046   c  to turn text  1036   a  into a mention associated with either of the users whose names correspond to the text  1036   a . In some embodiments, option  1046   b  includes the name and image associated with a contact card of one of the contacts in the conversation (e.g., “Erin A.”). In some embodiments, option  1046   c  includes the name and image associated with a contact card of the other contact in the conversation (e.g., “Erin W.”). In response to detecting selection of one of the options  1046   b  or  1046   c , the electronic device  500  converts text  1036   a  into a mention corresponding to the selected user. In some embodiments, when there are enough users with the same first name, last name, or nickname in one messaging conversation that all of the options to create mentions for each user do not fit on the display  504  side-by-side, the electronic device  500  displays the options in a horizontally scrollable arrangement, thereby allowing the user to select from all of the options even if all of the options cannot be concurrently displayed side-by-side. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  suggests turning text into a mention when the text matches a name of a contact in a messaging conversation, instead of in response to the text matching at least a portion of the name. For example, in FIG.  10 BBB, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) a region of the soft keyboard  1012  corresponding to a respective character to enter text into text entry field  1014 . In this example, as shown in FIG.  10 CCC, the electronic device  500  displays the text  1048   a  in the text entry field  1014 . Although text  1048   a  corresponds to the beginning of the first name of the contact in the messaging conversation (e.g., Eve), in some embodiments, text  1048   a  is still displayed in non-italic non-bold text because text  1048   a  doesn&#39;t yet match the full first name of the user. As shown in FIG.  10 CCC, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) a region of the soft keyboard  1012  to continue entering text into text entry field  1014 . 
     In FIG.  10 DDD, the electronic device  500  updates the text entry field  1014 , for example. Text  1048   b  now matches the full first name of the contact in the messaging conversation, for example. In some embodiments, in response to detecting that text  1048   b  matches the first name of the contact in the conversation, the electronic device  500  displays the text  1048   b  in larger text than the rest of the text in text entry field  1014  and/or in italics to indicate that the text  1048   b  can be turned into a mention. As shown in FIG.  10 DDD, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the text  1048   b , for example. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of text  1048   b  as shown in FIG.  10 DDD, the electronic device  500  displays an option  1046   d  above the text entry field to turn text  1048   b  into a mention, as shown in FIG.  10 EEE. In some embodiments, the option  1046   d  includes the full name of the contact and an image associated with the contact. As shown in FIG.  10 EEE, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the option  1046   d  to turn text  1048   b  into a mention. 
     As shown in FIG.  10 FFF, in some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of option  1046   d  shown in FIG.  10 EEE, the electronic device  500  replaces text  1048   b  with text  1048   c , which is optionally displayed in a larger size than the other text in text entry field  1014  and/or in bold text. In some embodiments, the bold text and larger size indicate to the user that the text  1048   c  will become a mention when the message is sent to the messaging conversation. 
     In some embodiments, while displaying the option  1046   d  to turn text  1048   b  into a mention, the electronic device  500  detects an input adding additional text to the message, instead of detecting selection of the option  1046   d  as shown in FIG.  10 EEE. 
     FIG.  10 GGG illustrates the user interface illustrated in FIG.  10 EEE again, for example. As shown in FIG.  10 GGG, in some embodiments, while displaying the option  1046   d , the electronic device  500  detects selection (e.g., via contact  1003 ) of the space bar of the soft keyboard  1012 . In some embodiments, as shown in FIG.  10 HHH, in response to detecting selection of the space bar of soft keyboard  1012  shown in FIG.  10 GGG, the electronic device  500  enters a space after text  1048   d . In some embodiments, as shown in FIG.  10 HHH, text  1048   d  is now changed to be displayed at the same size as the other text in the text entry field  1014  and is not bold or italic. In some embodiments, the text  1048   d  that is not bold or italic indicates that text  1048   d  is not a mention or is no longer an active potential mention. 
     In some embodiments, after the first name of the user is entered and is not turned into a mention, the electronic device  500  detects entry of the last name of the user. In response to detecting the full name of the user, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the first and last names of the user in a way that indicates that the first and last names of the user can be turned into a mention of the user. For example, in FIG.  10 III, the user has entered the first name  1048   d  of the user and a portion of text  1050   a  that matches the beginning of the last name of the user. Because the portion of text  1050   a  optionally does not match the full last name of the user, in some embodiments, the text  1050   a  is displayed in the same manner as other text not corresponding to the name of the user (e.g., not bold or italic). As shown in FIG.  10 III, the user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) a region of the soft keyboard  1012  corresponding to a character to enter the character into text entry field  1014 . 
     In some embodiments, as shown in  FIG. 10777 , in response to detecting the first and last name of the user in the text entry field  1014 , the electronic device  500  displays the first and last name of the user in italics to indicate that the first and last name of the user can be turned into a mention of the user. For example, portion of text  1048   b  matches the first name of the user and portion of text  1050   b  matches the last name of the user. In some embodiments, portions  1048   b  and  1050   b  are displayed at a larger size than the other text in the text entry field  1014  and/or in italics. In some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the text  1048   b - 1050   b  (or either one of text  1048   b  or text  1050   b ). 
     In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 10777 , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays an option  1046   d  to turn text  1048   b  and  1050   b  into a mention of the user, as shown in FIG.  10 KKK. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of option  1046   d , the electronic device  500  updates text  1048   b  and  1050   b  to be displayed in bold to indicate that the text  1048   b  and  1050   b  will be turned into a mention when the message is sent. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG.  10 KKK, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) a region of the soft keyboard  1012  to continue entering text into text entry field  1014 . 
     FIG.  10 LLL illustrates the exemplary user interface after the user has added additional text to the text entry field  1014 . In some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) a space bar of the soft keyboard  1012 . The contact  1003  is optionally detected for an amount of time exceeding a predetermined threshold (e.g., 0.5 seconds, 1 second, 2 seconds). In response to detecting the contact  1003  for the amount of time exceeding the predetermined threshold, the electronic device  500  enters a mode in which the user can move contact  1003  to control movement of an insertion marker in the text entry field  1014 . 
     In some embodiments, as shown in FIG.  10 MMM, in response to detecting movement of the insertion marker to the location in the text entry field  1014  immediately after the (e.g., last) name of the user, the electronic device  500  displays the option  1046   d  to turn text  1048   c  and  1050   c  into a mention. In some embodiments, text  1048   c  and  1050   c  is displayed at a larger size than the other text in text entry field  1014  and/or in italics. In some embodiments, the insertion marker can be moved to the location illustrated in FIG.  10 MMM by detecting selection of the region of the user interface immediately after text  1050   c . In some embodiments, the option  1046   d  to turn text  1048   c  and  1050   c  into a mention is displayed in response to movement of the insertion marker without any additional input (e.g., selection of text  1048   c  and/or  1050   c ). In response to detecting selection of option  1046   d , the electronic device  500  optionally displays the text  1048   c  and  1050   c  in bold to indicate that text  1048   c  and  1050   c  will be turned into a mention when the message is sent. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of the user&#39;s name that is not indicated as being a mention, the electronic device  500  displays an option to turn the name into a mention. For example, in FIG.  10 NNN, the user selects text  1048   d  and  1050   d , which match the first and last name of the user in the conversation, but which were not converted into a mention at the time of entry. As shown in FIG.  10 NNN, in some embodiments, text  1048   d  and  1050   d  are displayed in the same style as the rest of the text in the text entry field  1014  because the electronic device  500  is not currently configured to replace text  1048   d  and  1050   d  with a mention when the message is sent. In FIG.  10 NNN, in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1003 ) the text  1048   d  and  1050   d  (or either of text  1048   d  or  1050   d ). 
     In response to the user&#39;s selection in FIG.  10 NNN, in some embodiments, as shown in FIG.  10 OOO, the electronic device  500  displays the option  1046   d  to turn text  1048   c  and  1050   c  in FIG.  10 OOO into a mention. The electronic device  500  optionally displays the text  1048   c  and  1050   c  in italics and/or a larger size to indicate that text  1048   c  and  1050   c  will become a mention in response to detecting selection of option  1048   d.    
     In some situations, users wish to disassociate text from a mention. FIG.  10 PPP illustrates an example of the messaging user interface after the user has entered respective text  1090   a  (“@Eve”) into the text entry field. As shown in FIG.  10 PPP, the text can include the “@” symbol followed by a name of the contact in the conversation. As shown in FIG.  10 PPP, the electronic device  500  can detect selection (e.g., via contact  1003   ppp ) of a space bar included in soft keyboard  1012 . In response to detecting entry of a space after the respective text  1090   a  (“@Eve”), the electronic device  500  can create a mention indicated by the name of the contact (e.g., “Eve”), as illustrated in FIG.  10 QQQ and as described previously. 
     FIG.  10 QQQ illustrates an example of the messaging user interface after the user has entered a mention  1090   b  (“Eve”) into the text entry field  1014 . In some embodiments, the mention  1090   b  is created in response to the sequence of inputs described above with reference to FIG.  10 PPP. In FIG.  10 RRR, while an insertion marker included in text box  1014  is adjacent to the mention  1090   b  (“Eve”), the electronic device  500  detects selection (e.g., via contact  1003   rrr ) of a delete option included in the soft keyboard  1012 . In some embodiments, a different input corresponding to a request to delete content from the text entry field  1014  is detected instead. In response to the input, the electronic device  500  can remove the mention  1090   b  from the text entry field  1014  and display the plain text entered by the user again, as shown in FIG.  10 SSS. 
     FIG.  10 SSS illustrates an example of the messaging user interface after the user has removed mention  1090   b  as described above with reference to FIG.  10 RRR. The text entry field  1014  can be updated to no longer include the mention  1090   b  illustrated in FIG.  10 RRR, and instead include the text  1090   a  that had been entered by the user in order to create the mention  1090   b , including redisplaying the “@” symbol originally entered by the user, but removed from display by device  500  in FIG.  10 QQQ. 
     In some embodiments, the user may wish to continue entering text into text entry field  1014 , including a space after text  1090   a . Thus, in some embodiments, instead of converting text  1090   a  into mention  1090   b  in response to detecting entry of a space following text  1090   a  after the mention  1090   b  has been removed, the electronic device  500  enters the space without converting text  1090   a  into mention  1090   b . As shown in FIG.  10 SSS, the electronic device  500  detects selection (e.g., via contact  1003   sss ) of the space bar included in the soft keyboard  1012  while the text “@Eve” is included in the text entry field  1014 . In response to the selection, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  enters a space after text  1090   a  without converting the text  1090   a  into mention  1090   b.    
     FIG.  10 TTT illustrates an example of the messaging user interface after the user&#39;s selection in FIG.  10 SSS. The electronic device  500  can display the text  1090   a  in the text entry field  1014  with a space entered after the text  1090   a  in response to the input illustrated in FIG.  10 SSS. 
     In some embodiments, after removing the mention functionality from the text  1090   a  in response to the input illustrated in FIG.  10 SSS, the electronic device  500  detects one or more additional inputs corresponding to one or more requests to delete characters from text  1090   a . For example, in response to receiving an input to delete a character while displaying the user interface illustrated in FIG.  10 SSS, the electronic device  500  updates the text entry field  1014  to include “Hi @Ev” instead of “Hi @Eve.” In some embodiments, while displaying the text “Hi @Ev” in the text entry field  1014  after removing the mention functionality from text  1090   a  as described with reference to FIGS.  10 RRR- 10 SSS, the electronic device  500  detects entry of the character “e” followed by a space. In response to this sequence of inputs, the electronic device  500  can display the text “Hi @Eve” followed by a space in the text entry field  1014  but, in some embodiments, does not replace the plain text version of “@Eve” with a mention including text “Eve” (e.g., mention  1090   b ). That is to say, in some embodiments, once the mention  1090   b  has been removed from text entry field  1014 , the electronic device  500  will not convert the text  1090   a  into the mention  1090   b  in response to one or more inputs completing the text  1090   a  after part of text  1090   a  has been deleted. 
     In some embodiments, after the sequence of inputs described with reference to FIGS.  10 PPP- 10 TTT the user may decide that they wish to enter a mention  1090   b  at the location illustrated in FIG.  10 RRR. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of text  1090   a  illustrated in FIG.  10 TTT (e.g., such as by a tap detected on text  1090   a ), the electronic device  500  initiates a process to replace text  1090   a  with a mention  1090   b , such as by converting the text  1090   a  into the mention  1090   b  in response to the selection or by displaying an option to create a mention in response to the selection (e.g., including removing the “@” symbol, as previously described). Additionally or alternatively, the user is able to completely delete text  1090   a  (e.g., “@Eve”) and reenter the text  1090   a  as shown in FIG.  10 PPP. In some embodiments, after the text  1090   a  has been completely deleted and completely reentered, in response to detecting entry of a space after the text  1090   a , the electronic device  500  converts text  1090   a  into a mention  1090   b , as described above with reference to FIGS.  10 PPP- 10 QQQ. 
       FIGS. 11A-11B  are flow diagrams illustrating a method  1100  of creating and presenting links (e.g., rich links) to contacts in a messaging conversation (e.g., “mentions”) according to some embodiments. The method  1100  is optionally performed at an electronic device such as device  100 , device  300 , device  500  as described above with reference to  FIGS. 1A-1B, 2-3, 4A-4B and 5A-5H . Some operations in method  1100  are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  1100  provides ways in which an electronic device creates and presents mentions in a messaging user interface. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of the user&#39;s interaction with the user interface conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, method  1100  is performed at an electronic device in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices (e.g., a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player), a computer (e.g., a desktop computer, a laptop computer), or a wearable device (e.g., a watch, a head-mounted device). In some embodiments, the display generation component is a display integrated with the electronic device (optionally a touch screen display) and/or an external display such as a monitor, projector, television, etc.). 
     In some embodiments, such as in FIG.  10 BBB, the electronic device  500  displays ( 1102 ), via the display generation component, a messaging user interface that includes one or more indications  1008   h ,  1010   h , and  1010   e  of messages of a conversation and a text entry field  1014 . In some embodiments, the one or more indications of messages include content (e.g., text, still or video images, audio, links, rich links, etc.) of the messages of the conversation, including messages sent from the user account of the user of the electronic device and/or messages sent by other users (e.g., contacts of the user of the electronic device). The text entry field is optionally a region of the user interface towards which inputs requesting creation of message content are directed. 
     In some embodiments, such as in FIG.  10 CCC, while displaying the messaging user interface, the electronic device  500  receives ( 1104 ), via the one or more input devices, an indication of entry, to the text entry field  1014 , of first text  1048   a  (e.g., the user enters text input via a keyboard, soft keyboard, voice input, or another input device in communication with the electronic device. 
     In some embodiments, such as in FIG.  10 CCC, in response to receiving the indication of entry of the first text, the electronic device  500  displays ( 1106 ), in the text entry field  1014  of the messaging user interface, the first text  1048   a  (e.g., the electronic device displays the text that was entered by the user). 
     In some embodiments, such as in FIG.  10 CCC, displaying the first text  1048   a  includes, after receiving a first portion of the first text and before receiving a second portion of the first text (e.g., the user enters text corresponding to one or more characters of a word or name but does not enter the full word or name), displaying ( 1108 ) the first portion  1048   a  of the first text with a visual characteristic having a first value (e.g., the first text is displayed with a first color, size, opacity, font, or text styling). In some embodiments, while the word or name is incomplete, the electronic device displays the text with an appearance that does not correspond to a link (e.g., a rich link) associated with a contact in the conversation (e.g., a “mention”). For example, Alexander begins typing a message to Bernadette and enters the text “Hi Be” (e.g., the beginning of “Hi Bernadette”). In this example, the text “Hi Be” is all displayed in the same color. 
     In some embodiments, such as in FIG.  10 DDD after receiving the second portion of the first text  1048   b  and in accordance with a determination that the first portion and the second portion of the first text  1048   b  correspond to a respective contact (e.g., the first portion and the second portion of the text match a name (e.g., first name, last name, or nickname) of a contact), the electronic device  500  displays ( 1112 ) the first portion and the second portion of the first text  1048   b  with the visual characteristic having a second value, different from the first value (e.g., the first text is displayed with a second color, size, opacity, font, or text styling). In some embodiments, once the text matches the name of a contact, the electronic device displays the text with an appearance that corresponds to an option to create a link (e.g., a rich link) associated with a contact in the messaging conversation (e.g., a “mention”). For example, Alexander continues typing a message to Bernadette and enters the text “Hi Bernadette.” In this example, the text “Hi” is displayed in a first color and the text “Bernadette” is displayed in a second color different from the first color because “Bernadette” matches the first name of the contact. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the text matches a last name or nickname of the contact (e.g., a last name or nickname included in the contact card of the contact), the electronic device displays the text with the visual characteristic having the second value. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 10J , in accordance with a determination that the first portion and the second portion of the first text  1020   c  do not correspond to a contact (e.g., does not correspond to any contact in the messaging conversation, or does not correspond to any contact of the electronic device, regardless of whether the contact is part of the messaging conversation), the electronic device  500  displays ( 1114 ) the first portion and the second portion of the first text  1020   c  with the visual characteristic having the first value. In some embodiments, text that does not correspond to the name of a contact in the messaging conversation is displayed with the visual characteristic having the first value. In some embodiments, text that corresponds to a name of a contact of the electronic device that is not included in the messaging conversation is also displayed with the visual characteristic having the first value. For example, Alexander types a message to Bernadette and enters the text “Hi Beagles.” In this example, the electronic device displays the text “Hi Beagles” all in the same color because “Hi” and “Beagles” do not correspond to the name of a contact included in the messaging conversation. 
     In some embodiments, after receiving the second portion of the first text  1048   b , and in accordance with the determination that the first portion and the second portion of the first text  1048   b  correspond to the respective contact ( 1116 ) (e.g., the first and second portions of the first text matches all of a name (e.g., a first name, a last name, or a nickname) of a contact in the messaging conversation), in accordance with a determination that input associating the first text  1048   b  with the respective contact has been received, such as in FIG.  10 EEE (e.g., selection of a selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to present the first text as a link (e.g., a rich link) associated with a contact in the conversation (e.g., a “mention”) or entry of a character that indicates that the text that follows is to be turned into a mention (e.g., entry of the “@” symbol before the first and second portions of text)), the electronic device  500  displays ( 1118 ) the first text  1048   c  with the visual characteristic having a third value, different from the first value and the second value, such as in FIG.  10 FFF (e.g., the first text is displayed with a third color, size, opacity, font, or text styling. In some embodiments, the input associating the first text with the contact is selection of the first text and/or selection of an option associated with the first text and a respective contact in the conversation. For example, Alexander types a message to Bernadette that includes the text “Hi Bernadette.” In this example, the electronic device displays the word “Hi” in a first color and “Bernadette” in a second color until Alexander selects the word “Bernadette.” In this example, in response to Alexander&#39;s selection, the electronic device displays an option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to converts the text into a mention. In this example, Alexander selects the option and, in response to the selection, the electronic device converts the text “Bernadette” into a link (e.g., a rich link) associated with Bernadette&#39;s user account (e.g., contact info) and updates the display to display “Bernadette” in a third color while continuing to display “Hi” in the first color. 
     In some embodiments, such as in FIG.  10 GGG in accordance with a determination that input disassociating the first text  1048   b  with the respective contact has been received (e.g., the input disassociating the first text with the contact includes a space character, punctuation character, or another character added after the first and second portions of text that is entered after entering the first text without confirming association with a contact (e.g., selection of the text while it is displayed with the second color is not detected)), the electronic device  500  displays ( 1120 ) the first text  1048   d  with the visual characteristic having the first value, such as in FIG.  10 HHH. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the first text with the visual characteristic having the first value in response to an input other than an input for turning the first text into a mention. If the user continues entering text after entering the text of the contact&#39;s name (e.g., typing a space after the name while it is displayed with the visual characteristic having the second value, adding another character after the name), the electronic device displays the first text with the visual characteristic having the first value. For example, in a conversation with a contact named “Eve,” the user types “Eve” and the electronic device displays “Eve” with the visual characteristic having the second value. Then, in this example, the user continues typing to change the word “Eve” to “Even” and the electronic device displays the word “Even” with the visual characteristic having the second value (assuming there is no contact in the conversation with “Even” as a first name, last name, or nickname). For example, the electronic device reverts the first text from having the second color, size, opacity, font, or text styling with which it was displayed because it corresponded to a contact, to having the first color, size, opacity, font, or text styling because an input associating the first text with a contact was not received. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of text displayed with the visual characteristic (e.g., a mention) having the third value, the electronic device displays contact information associated with the contact associated with the text with the visual characteristic having the third value in a contact card user interface. 
     The above-described manner of updating the value of the visual characteristic based on whether the text corresponds to the name of the contact and whether the text is associated with the contact enables the electronic device to provide an efficient way to associate and disassociate text with contacts in the conversation, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to create and remove associations of text to contacts in the conversation), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in FIG.  10 FFF, the respective contact is a contact included in the conversation (e.g., the messages in the conversation are sent to the user account of the contact). In some embodiments, displaying the first text  1034   a  includes, after receiving the second portion of the first text  1034   a , in accordance with a determination that the first portion and the second portion of the first text  1034   a  correspond to a second respective contact that is not included in the conversation, the electronic device  500  displays the first portion and the second portion of the first text  1034   a  with the visual characteristic having the first value. In some embodiments, the electronic device only displays the first text with the visual characteristic having the second value if the text corresponds to the name of a contact included in the messaging conversation because the electronic device only creates links (e.g., rich links) associated contacts included in the conversation within each respective conversation. For example, Alexander is able to create a link (e.g., a rich link) to Bernadette in a conversation with Bernadette but cannot create a link (e.g., a rich link) associated with Evan in the conversation with Bernadette if Evan is not also in that conversation. As another example, Alexander is able to create a link (e.g., a rich link) associated with Eve in a conversation with Eve but cannot create a link (e.g., a rich link) associated with Bernadette in the conversation with Eve if Bernadette is not also in the conversation. The above-described manner of displaying the first text with the visual characteristic with the first value when the first text corresponds to a name of contact that is not included in the conversation enables the electronic device to efficiently communicate to the user that links (e.g., rich links) associated with contacts are only created for contacts within a conversation, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to display the first text without a link (e.g., a rich link) to the contact), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in FIG.  10 EEE, the input associating the first text with the respective contact includes selection of a selectable option  1046   d  while the first text  1048   b  is displayed with the visual characteristic having the second value. In some embodiments, the visual characteristic having the second value indicates that it is possible to associate a linke (e.g., a rich link) associated with the respective contact with the first text. In some embodiments, if the first text corresponds to exactly one contact in the conversation, selection of the first text causes the electronic device to display an option to associate the first text with the respective contact. In some embodiments, if the first text corresponds to multiple contacts in the conversation, the electronic device displays multiple options to associate the text with one of each of the contacts having names that correspond to the first text. The above-described manner of associating the first text with the contact in response to detecting selection of the first text displayed with the visual characteristic having the second value enables the electronic device to provide an efficient way of associating text with contacts, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to associate text with a contact), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 10BB , the input associating the first text  1026   b  with the respective contact includes entry of a predefined character with the first text  1026   b . In some embodiments, if the first text includes the predetermined character plus text corresponding to the name of the respective contact, once the text corresponding to the name of the respective contact meets one or more criteria (e.g., criteria related to a number of characters, criteria related to the number of contacts in the conversation, criteria related to the number of contacts to which it is possible the first text corresponds, matching a name of the respective contact), the electronic device automatically displays the first text with the third visual characteristic and associates the first text with the respective contact. For example, if Alexander inputs a message to Bernadette that says “Hi @Bernadette,” the electronic device displays the text “Bernadette” with the visual characteristic having the third value that, when selected, displays Bernadette&#39;s contact information. In this example, “Bernadette” is displayed with the visual characteristic having the third value and as a link to Bernadette&#39;s contact information without any additional input other than typing the “@” character before “Bernadette.” In some embodiments, if the predefined character is included in the first text, no additional input is necessary to associate the first text with the contact once the electronic device is able to determine the contact to which the first text corresponds. In some embodiments, the electronic device determines the respective contact to which the first text corresponds and displays the first text with the visual characteristic having the third value before the message has been sent (e.g., before it is sent to the messaging conversation, and while the text is being displayed in the text entry field). The above-described manner of associating the first text with the respective contact in response to entry of the predefined character with the first text enables the electronic device to provide an efficient way of associating the first text with the respective contact, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to associate the contact with the first text), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, after receiving the second portion of the first text  1026   b , and in accordance with the determination that the first text  1026   b  corresponds to the respective contact, in accordance with the determination that the input associating the first text with the respective contact has been received, removing display of the predefined character from the messaging user interface, such as in  FIG. 10CC . In some embodiments, the electronic device transitions from displaying the predefined character, the first portion of the first text, and the second portion of the first text with the visual characteristic having the second value to displaying the first and second portions of the first text with the visual characteristic having the third value without displaying the predefined character. For example, Alexander enters the text “Hi @Bernadette” and the electronic device displays “Hi” with the visual characteristic having the first value and “@Bernadette” with the visual characteristic having the second value. In this example, once Alexander finishes entering “Hi @Bernadette,” (e.g., in response to detecting a space after the last “e”) the electronic device displays “Hi” with the visual characteristic having the first value and displays “Bernadette” with the visual characteristic having the third value and does not display the “@” character. The above-described manner of removing display of the predefined character after receiving the second portion of the first text enables the electronic device to reduce the number of characters in the message when it is clear that the first text is associated with the contact by being displayed with the visual characteristic having the third value, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the inputs needed to view the entire message), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the respective contact is associated with a contact card including a first name, last name, and/or nickname associated with the contact. The first text optionally corresponds to any one of the first name, last name, or nickname associated with the contact. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 10DD , the respective contact is identified by the first text  1026   c  in combination with second text on the electronic device  500 , and the entered first text  1026   c  is not accompanied by the second text (e.g., the contact&#39;s full name that is stored in the contact information of the electronic device is “Bob Smith”, but the entered first text is only “Bob” without “Smith”, or vice versa). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 10DD , after receiving the second portion of the first text  1026   c , and in accordance with the determination that the first text  1026   c  corresponds to the respective contact (e.g., the first text matches a name or part of a name corresponding to the respective contact in the messaging conversation), in accordance with the determination that the input associating the first text with the respective contact has been received, the electronic device  500  displays the first text  1026   c  with the visual characteristic having the third value without adding the second text to the messaging user interface. In some embodiments, when the electronic device associates the first text with the contact, the electronic device does not change the first text. For example, if Alexander enters the message “Hi Bernadette,” the text “Bernadette” is displayed with the visual characteristic having the third value and is associated with Bernadette&#39;s user account and the electronic device does not append any additional characters to the text “Bernadette”, such as an “@” symbol or Bernadette&#39;s last name that is optionally stored in the contact information for Bernadette. The above-described manner of displaying the first text with the visual characteristic having the third value without adding second text to the messaging user interface enables the electronic device to maintain what is entered by the user, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by avoiding changes to the user interface that might result in errors in user-device interaction), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, displaying the first text with the visual characteristic having the third value includes displaying the first text with bold typeface (e.g., and displaying the first text with the visual characteristic having the first value does not include displaying the first text with bold typeface). The electronic device optionally displays the first text with bold typeface once the message including the first text has been sent to the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, an electronic device other than the first electronic device that has access to the conversation also displays the first text in bold typeface. 
     In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of text associated with a contact, the electronic device displays a contact card user interface including contact information associated with the contact. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 10II , while the conversation is in a mode during which indications of messaging activity in the conversation will not cause presentation of a notification of the messaging activity at the electronic device  500  (e.g., the user of the electronic device has activated a setting that suppresses notifications associated with the conversation (e.g., the user “mutes” the conversation)), the electronic device  500  receives an indication  1006   ii  that respective messaging activity has been added to the conversation. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the indication that the respective messaging activity has been added to the conversation, in accordance with a determination that the respective messaging activity is not associated with text that has been associated with a user of the electronic device, such as in  FIG. 10II , forgoing presenting a respective notification of the respective messaging activity at the electronic device. For example, a user activates a setting to suppress notifications associated with a respective messaging conversation and, in response to receiving an indication of a message in the respective messaging conversation that does not include text associated with the user&#39;s user account (e.g., the other user has not linked any portion of the text in that user&#39;s message with the contact information of the user of the electronic device), the electronic device forgoes presenting a notification of the message because the setting to suppress notifications is activated. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 10JJ , in accordance with a determination that the respective messaging activity is associated with text that has been associated with the user of the electronic device, the electronic device  500  presents the respective notification  1002   b  of the respective messaging activity at the electronic device. For example, the user activates the setting to suppress notifications associated with the respective messaging conversation and, in response to receiving an indication of a message in the respective messaging conversation that includes text associated with the user&#39;s user account (e.g., the other user has linked a portion of the text in that user&#39;s message with the contact information of the user of the electronic device), the electronic device presents a notification of the message even though the setting to suppress notifications is activated because the message includes the text associated with the user&#39;s user account. In some embodiments, the electronic device has a setting that will prevent the electronic device from presenting notifications of messaging activity in conversations for which the user has activated the setting to suppress notifications even if the messaging activity includes a mention of the user. The above-described manner of presenting the respective notification of the messaging activity in accordance with the determination that the respective messaging activity is associated with text that has been associated with the user of the electronic device while the mode during which indications of messaging activity in the conversation will not cause presentation of the notification enables the electronic device to suppress notifications of messages that are likely not relevant to the user and present notifications of messages that are likely relevant to the user, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of notifications to be presented), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that a mode during which indications of messaging activity including text associated with the user of the electronic device in the messaging conversation will not cause presentation of a notification, the electronic device forgoes presenting notifications in response to receiving messages associated with text associated with the user of the electronic device. For example, if the user activates a setting that suppresses notifications in a conversation even if the messages include text associated with the user account of the user, the electronic device does not present any notifications of messages to the conversation even if the messages include text associated with the user&#39;s user account. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 10JJ , the electronic device  500  receives an indication  1006   jj  that respective messaging activity has been added to the conversation, wherein the messaging activity includes text that has been linked to a user of the electronic device (e.g., the text is associated with the user of the electronic device in a manner similar to the way in which text displayed with the visual characteristic having the third value is associated with a contact). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the indication  1006   jj  that the respective messaging activity has been added to the conversation, the electronic device  500  presents a respective notification of the respective messaging activity at the electronic device, wherein the respective notification includes a visual indication  1002   b  of the respective notification, the visual indication is displayed via the display generation component, and the visual indication is displayed while the messaging user interface is not displayed (e.g., the electronic device displays, via the display generation component, the visual indication of the respective notification in a user interface other than the messaging user interface, such as a notifications user interface or overlaid on any other user interface displayed by the electronic device). In some embodiments, while displaying the visual indication  1002   b  of the respective notification and not displaying the messaging user interface, the electronic device  500  receives, via the one or more input devices, input  1003  directed to the visual indication  1002   b  of the respective notification (e.g., the electronic device detects selection of a selectable option included in the visual indication of the notification or selection of the visual indication of the notification itself). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input  603  directed to the visual indication of the respective notification, the electronic device  500  displays, via the display generation component, the messaging user interface, such as in  FIG. 10MM , wherein the messaging user interface is navigated to display a representation  1008   g  of the respective messaging activity. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the messaging conversation scrolled to a location of the message that includes the text associated with the user account of the user of the electronic device. In some embodiments, the electronic device receives an indication that other messaging activity not including text that has been linked to the user of the electronic device has been received. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of a notification of the other messaging activity, the electronic device displays the messaging conversation scrolled to the end of the messaging conversation. The above-described manner of displaying the messaging user interface navigated to display the representation of the respective messaging activity in response to detecting input directed to the visual indication of the respective notification enables the electronic device to efficiently present the message associated with the notification, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view the message associated with the notification), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 10T , the messaging user interface includes respective text  1008   a  that is associated with a respective user. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 10T , in accordance with a determination that the respective user is a user of the electronic device, the respective text  1008   a  is displayed with a respective visual characteristic having a first respective value. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 10T , in accordance with a determination that the respective user is a user of a second electronic device, different from the electronic device, the respective text  1005   a  is displayed with the respective visual characteristic having a second respective value, different from the first respective value. In some embodiments, text corresponding to a contact in a conversation that is not the user of the electronic device that is included in a message sent to the conversation is displayed with a visual characteristic with a respective value different from the value of the visual characteristic of text that is not associated with a contact. In some embodiments, text corresponding to the user of the electronic device that is included in a message in the conversation is displayed with the visual characteristic with the respective value and another respective visual characteristic with a respective value different from the value of the respective visual characteristic of text that is not associated with the user of the electronic device. For example, text not associated with a user is displayed in a first color (e.g., black) and not bold typeface, text associated with a user other than the user of the electronic device is displayed in bold typeface and the first color (e.g., black), and text associated with the user of the electronic device is displayed in a second color (e.g., blue) and bold typeface. The above-described manner of displaying the text associated with the user of the electronic device with the respective visual characteristic having the first respective value and displaying the text associated with a user of a second electronic device with the respective visual characteristic having the second respective value enables the electronic device to efficiently distinguish text associated with contacts from text not associated with contacts and also distinguish text associated with the user of the electronic device from text associated with other users, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by presenting the text in an easy to understand manner, thus reducing the time it takes the user to understand which text is associated with other contacts and which text is associated with them), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 10X , while displaying the messaging user interface, the electronic device  500  receives, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs including an indication of entry, to the text entry field  1014 , of second text that corresponds to a second respective contact that is not included in the conversation (e.g., the sequence of inputs includes entering the second text and an input associating the second text with the second respective contact, such as typing the “@” character before the name of the second respective contact, selecting the second text of the name of the second respective contact, or selecting a selectable option associated with the second respective contact that, when selected, causes the electronic device to associate the second text with the respective contact). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the sequence of one or more inputs, the electronic device  500  displays, in the text entry field  1014  of the messaging user interface, the second text  1024   c . In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays, in the messaging user interface, a respective user interface corresponding to one or more contacts associated with the electronic device, wherein the user interface includes a selectable option that is selectable to initiate a process to add the second respective contact to the conversation. In some embodiments, the respective user interface includes representations of the contacts already in the messaging conversation and a representation of the second respective contact displayed in association with a selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to initiate the process to add the respective contact to the conversation. In some embodiments, once the respective contact is added to the messaging conversation, the respective contact is given access to the messaging conversation and the user is able to associate the second text with the respective contact. In some embodiments, if the user does not add the second respective contact to the messaging conversation, the electronic device is not able to associate the second text with the second respective contact. The above-described manner of displaying the selectable option that is selectable to initiate the process to add the respective contact to the messaging conversation enables the electronic device to efficiently add a contact to the conversation in response to the user&#39;s request to associate the second text with the respective contact, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to add the contact to the messaging conversation in a situation in which the user is likely to wish to do so), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, while the first text is associated with the respective contact, the electronic device  500  receives ( 1122 ), via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a request to transmit a respective message that includes the first text to the conversation (e.g., the electronic device detects selection of a selectable option to transmit the message to the other electronic devices in the messaging conversation after the first text has been designated as a mention). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to transmit the respective message that includes the first text to the conversation, the electronic device  500  transmits ( 1124 ), to a second electronic device, a string that includes the first text, wherein the string is encoded with a communication identifier for the respective contact determined by the electronic device. In some embodiments, a string is an ordered list of characters (e.g., letters, numbers, symbols). In some embodiments, the communication identifier is a user account associated with the respective contact, such as a phone number, e-mail address, or other user name. In some embodiments, the string includes a predetermined sequence of characters before the first text and after the first text to encode that the first text is to be displayed as a mention, a string that instructs the second electronic device to make the text a mention, and the communication identifier associated with the user account to be associated with the mention. As such, because the communication identifier of the respective contact is encoded into the message string itself, any receiving devices (e.g., other devices in the messaging conversation) are able to retrieve the communication identifier from the message string itself, rather than having to rely on a matching of the first text (e.g., name of contact) with a contact in a contact database at the receiving device, which may be non-existent and/or may not correctly match with the name of the contact stored at the receiving device. In some embodiments, the communication identifier that the transmitting device encodes into the message is the communication identifier for the contact stored (e.g., in a contact directory) on the transmitting device or simply the communication identifier for that contact that is being used in the conversation, independent of whether the contact and/or the communication identifier of the contact is stored (e.g., in the contact directory) on the transmitting devices. The above-described manner of encoding the string with a communication identifier for the respective contact provides an efficient and unambiguous way of associating the first text with the respective user, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing inputs needed to disambiguate the respective user with which the text is to be associated from another user with the same name as the respective user), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  receives ( 1126 ), at the electronic device, a string that corresponds to a respective message, wherein the respective message includes respective text associated with a second respective contact, and the string is encoded with a communication identifier for the second respective contact. In some embodiments, a string is an ordered list of characters (e.g., letters, numbers, punctuation, symbols). In some embodiments, the encoding includes special characters (e.g., brackets such as { }, [ ], or other delimiters) before and/or after the respective text, a string corresponding to a function that instructs the electronic device to present the first text as a mention, and the communication identifier associated with the second respective contact. In some embodiments, the communication identifier is a user account, such as a phone number, E-mail address, or other user name. In some embodiments, if the electronic device  500  is not configured to present mentions in a messaging user interface (e.g., the electronic device  500  is not able to interpret the encoded mention), the electronic device  500  displays the text that was to be presented as a mention as plain text without displaying the communication identifier. The string optionally includes the rest of the text of the message that includes the mention. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the string, the electronic device  500  associates ( 1128 ) the respective text with a contact entry stored on the electronic device using the communication identifier for the second respective contact. In some embodiments, the electronic device associates the respective text with the contact entry stored on the electronic device using the communication identifier for the second respective text independent of whether the contact entry stored on the electronic device associates the respective text with the communication identifier for the second respective contact. In some embodiments, the electronic device from which the string was received associates the second respective contact with name(s) that are different from the name(s) with which the electronic device associates the second respective contact. The electronic device is optionally able to match the communication identifier in the string to the contact information of the second respective contact. For example, the electronic device receives a message including a mention associated with the contact Bernadette where “Mom” (e.g., the respective text included in the message, which is encoded with the communication identifier of Bernadette, Bernadette@123.com) is presented as a mention associated with Bernadette. In this example, although the electronic device does not include the name “Mom” associated with the contact Bernadette in a contact directory of the electronic device (e.g., in the contact directory of the electronic device, the name “Bernadette” is optionally associated with the communication identifier Bernadette@123.com—the name “mom” is optionally not associated with the communication identifier Bernadette@123.com), the electronic device matches the communication identifier associated with Bernadette and encoded with the text “Mom” (e.g., Bernadette@123.com) to its contact directory, and presents the text “Mom” as a mention of Bernadette, properly linked to Bernadette using the communication identifier that was encoded in the received message. In some embodiments, the electronic device does not utilize its own contact directory at all in identifying a contact associated with the mention, and instead utilizes the communication identifier encoded in the mention string as the communication identifier associated with the mention, and utilizes the respective text of the mention string as the name of the contact—as such, in some embodiments, the contact associated with the mention need not be stored in the contact directory of the electronic device. The above-described manner of associating the respective text with a contact entry independent of whether the contact entry at the electronic device associates the respective text with the communication identifier provides an efficient way of correctly associating mentions with contacts, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing inputs needed to match contacts to mentions), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in FIG.  10 PPP, the input associating the first text  1090   a  with the respective contact is a first input of a first type (e.g., space) received while the predefined character is displayed with the first text in the text entry field  1014  (e.g., the electronic device detects entry of the predefined character, followed by the first text, followed by the first input of the first type. For example, the electronic device detects entry of “@Bernadette” followed by a space bar and displays the text “Bernadette” as a mention associated with the contact Bernadette). In some embodiments, such as in FIG.  10 RRR, while the first text  1090   b  is associated with the respective contact and after removing display of the predefined character from the messaging user interface, the electronic device  500  receives, via the one or more input devices, a deletion input directed to the text entry field  1014 . For example, the electronic device optionally detects selection of an option to delete a character immediately adjacent to an insertion marker in a text entry field toward which input composing a message is detected. In some embodiments, such as in FIG.  10 SSS, in response to receiving the deletion input directed to the text entry field  1014 , the electronic device  500  dissociates the first text  1090   a  from the respective contact. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the predetermined character and the first text with the same appearance as other text that is not a mention and, if the user were to send the message, the predetermined character and first text would be sent as plain text, instead of as a mention. In some embodiments, such as in FIG.  10 SSS, the electronic device  500  redisplays the predefined character with at least a respective portion of the first text  1090   a  in the text entry field  1014 . In some embodiments, the electronic device forgoes deleting a character of the first text in response to a single deletion input and dissociates the first text from the contact. In some embodiments, the electronic device detects an input for deleting multiple characters and, in response to the input, deletes one or more characters of the first text and dissociates the first text from the contact. In some embodiments, the electronic device redisplays the “@” symbol at the head of the respective portion of the first text. In some embodiments, such as in FIG.  10 SSS, after dissociating the first text  1090   a  with the respective contact, and while displaying the predefined character with the first text  1090   a  in the text entry field  1014  (e.g., the deletion input did not delete any characters from the first text, or the deletion input did delete characters from the first text, but subsequent text input was provided to reenter the deleted characters from the first text), the electronic device  500  receives, via the one or more inputs, a second input of the first type. While displaying the first text and the predetermined character (e.g., “@Bernadette”), the electronic device receives an input adding a space after the first text. In some embodiments, if the first text had not previously been associated with the contact, the electronic device associates the first text with the contact in response to detecting entry of the space. In some embodiments, such as in FIG.  10 TTT, in response to receiving the second input of the first type, the electronic device  500  updates a content of the text entry field  1014  in accordance with the second input of the first type without associating the first text  1090   a  with the respective contact and without removing display of the predefined character from the text entry field  1014 . In some embodiments, once the association with the first contact has been removed from the first text and the predefined character, the electronic device does not associate the first text with the respective contact in response to the first input. In some embodiments, in response to detecting one or more inputs to delete the entire first text and the predefined character followed by re-entry for the predefined character, first text, and first input, the electronic device presents the first text as a mention. The above-described manner of forgoing associating the first text with the respective contact in response to the input of the first type after the first text was previously dissociated with the respective contact provides an efficient way of removing and maintaining removal of the association with the respective contact from the first text, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing inputs needed to correct accidentally associating the first text with the contact again), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIGS. 11A-11B  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1300 , and  1500 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  1100  described above with respect to  FIGS. 11A-11B . For example, the ways of creating and presenting mentions described above with reference to method  1100  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the ways of presenting representations of messaging conversations, presenting indications of messages that are replies to other messages, and creating and presenting mentions, etc., described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1300 , and  1500 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., a as described with respect to  FIGS. 1A-1B, 3, 5A-5H ) or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to  FIGS. 11A-11B  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . For example, displaying operation  1102  and receiving operation  1104  are optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch screen  504 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch screen corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     User Interfaces for Presenting Indications of Reply Messages 
     Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners, including using an electronic device to display representations of messages in a messaging conversation. The embodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic device presents indications of messages that are replies to other messages. Presenting the indications of messages that are replies to other messages in the ways described herein enhances interactions with a device such as by reducing the time and inputs it takes to view the messages in a reply conversation, thus reducing the amount of time needed by a user to perform operations, thus reducing the power usage of the device, which increases battery life for battery-powered devices. It is understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a user of the device. 
       FIGS. 12A-12Y  illustrate exemplary ways in which the electronic device  500  displays representations of reply messages in association with one another in accordance with some embodiments. The embodiments in  FIGS. 12A-12Y  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes described with reference to  FIG. 13 . Although  FIGS. 12A-12Y  illustrate various examples of ways an electronic device is able to perform the processes described below with reference to  FIG. 13 , it should be understood that these examples are not meant to be limiting, and the electronic device is able to perform one or more processes described below with reference to  FIG. 13  in ways not expressly described with reference to  FIGS. 12A-12Y . 
     In  FIG. 12A , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a messaging conversation. In some embodiments, the messaging conversation is displayed in response to detecting selection of one of the representations of a messaging conversation described above with reference to  FIGS. 6A-7  or in response to detection selection of an indication of a notification described above with reference to  FIGS. 10A - 10 TTT and  11 A- 11 B. In some embodiments, the messaging conversation includes one or more features described above with reference to  FIGS. 8A-11 . 
     In the example of  FIG. 12A , the messaging conversation optionally includes representations  1202   a  and  1202   b  of messages that were sent by the user of the electronic device  500  and representations  1204   a  and  1204   b  of messages sent by the other user in the conversation. In the example of  FIG. 12A , the messaging conversation includes the user of the electronic device  500  and one contact named “Alice.” In some embodiments, representations of messages sent by the user of the electronic device  500  are displayed on a first side of the user interface (e.g., the right side) and representations of messages from Alice are displayed on the other side of the user interface (e.g., the left side) to differentiate who sent each message. Also, as shown in  FIG. 12A , in some embodiments, representations  1202   a  and  1202   b  of messages sent by the user are displayed in a different color (e.g., blue, green, etc.) illustrated here with shading than the color (e.g., black, white, grey, etc.) of representations  1204   a  and  1204   b  of messages sent by the other user in the conversation. As shown in  FIG. 12A , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1203 ) the representation  1204   b  of one of the messages sent by the other user in the conversation. In some embodiments, the selection is a tap; in some embodiments, the selection is a long press (e.g., tap for longer than a time threshold, such as 0.5 seconds, 1 second, 2 seconds), in some embodiments, the selection is a double-tap (e.g., two taps received with less than a threshold amount of time (e.g., 0.5 seconds, 1 second, 2 seconds) between liftoff of the first tap and touchdown of the second tap). 
     As shown in  FIG. 12B , in some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 12A , the electronic device  500  displays the representation  1204   b  of the message selected by the user on a blurred background. The electronic device  500  optionally displays a plurality of options  1220   a - c  that, when selected, cause the electronic device  500  to perform an action with the message associated with representation  1204   b  and a plurality of options  1222  that, when selected, cause the electronic device  500  to add a selected tag to the message associated with representation  1204   b  in a manner similar to the manner described above with reference to  FIGS. 8L-8M . As shown in  FIG. 12B , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1203 ) the option  1220   b  to reply to the message associated with representation  1204   b . In response to the user&#39;s selection, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  initiates a process to create a message that is a reply to the message corresponding to representation  1204   b . In some embodiments, initiating a process to create a message that is a reply to the message corresponding to representation  1204   b  includes presenting a soft keyboard or other input mechanism by which the user is able to compose a message. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the messaging user interface illustrated in  FIG. 12A  while displaying the soft keyboard. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the soft keyboard and one or more other selectable options for composing a message in a replies user interface that includes representation  1204   b  without including representations of the other messages as described above with reference to  FIGS. 8A-9 . 
       FIG. 12C  illustrates the messaging user interface after the user composed the message that is a reply to the message corresponding to representation  1206   a  (the same message as the message corresponding to representation  1204   b  illustrated in  FIGS. 12A-12B ) as an example. The message composed by the user is optionally represented by representation  1210   a  on the right side of the user interface. Representation  1210   a  is optionally displayed with a line  1226   a  connecting representation  1210   a  to representation  1206   a . Because no other messages were received between the message corresponding to representation  1206   a  and the message corresponding to representation  1210   a , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays representation  1210   a  in association with representation  1206   a  rather than displaying an additional representation of the message corresponding to representation  1206   a  (e.g., such as described with reference to  FIGS. 8B, 8H, 8K, 8P, 8S, and 8W ). 
     As illustrated in  FIG. 12D , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  receives an indication  1224   d  of a message sent by the other user in the conversation (e.g., Alice). In response to indication  1224   d , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a representation  1208   a  of the message on the left side of the user interface, which is also a reply to the message corresponding to representation  1206   a . Representation  1208   a  is optionally connected to representation  1206   a  by looped line  1226   b . The loop of looped line  1226   b  is optionally aligned with the representation  1210   a  of the reply message sent by the user. The looped line  1226   b  optionally indicates that the message associated with representation  1210   a  and the message associated with the representation  1208   a —even though they are displayed on different sides of the user interface because they were sent by different users—are both replies to the message associated with the representation  1206   a . In some embodiments, instead of displaying a looped line  1226   b , the electronic device  500  presents a different indication that the messages corresponding to representations  1206   a ,  1210   a , and  1208   a  are part of the same reply thread, such as displaying a curved line connecting representations  1206   a  and  1210   a  and a curved line connecting representations  1210   a  and  1208   a.    
       FIG. 12E  illustrates the messaging user interface after another message has been sent by the user of device  500  in accordance with some embodiments. In response to the user sending the message, the electronic device  500  optionally displays representation  1210   b  of the message on the right side of the user interface. The message associated with representation  1210   b  is also a reply to the message associated with the representation  1206   a , for example, so representation  1210   b  is displayed connected to representation  1208   a  (which represents a message that is also a reply to the message associated with representation  1206   a ) by curved line  1226   c.    
       FIG. 12F  illustrates the messaging user interface after another message has been sent by the user of device  500 . In response to detecting the user&#39;s inputs composing and sending the message, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a representation  1210   c  of the message sent by the user on the right side of the user interface. The message associated with representation  1210   c  is optionally a reply to the message associated with representation  1206   a  and is displayed connected to representation  1208   a  (which represents a message that is also a reply to the message associated with representation  1206   a ) by curved line  1226   d . Although representation  1210   b  is no longer displayed connected to representation  1206   a  or to a representation of another message that is a reply to the message associated with representation  1206   a , the message associated with representation  1210   b  is indicated to be a reply to the message associated with representation  1206   a  because it is horizontally aligned with part of line  1226   d  in some embodiments. In some embodiments, representations  1208   a ,  1210   b , and  1210   c  are displayed in the manner illustrated in  FIG. 12F  (e.g., with curved line  1226   d  connecting representation  1208   a  and representation  1210   c ) because the messages corresponding to representations  1208   a ,  1210   b , and  1210   c  are all replies to the message corresponding to representation  1206   a  and there are no messages between the messages corresponding to representations  1208   a  and  1210   c  that are not replies to the message corresponding to representation  1206   a.    
     In  FIG. 12G , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  receives indication  1224   g  of another message sent by the other user in the conversation (e.g., Alice). In response to indication  1224   g , the electronic device  500  optionally displays representation  1208   b  of the received message on the side of the user interface associated with messages from users other than the user of the electronic device  500  (e.g., the left side). The received message is optionally a reply to the same message to which the message associated with representation  1208   a  is a reply, so representation  1208   b  is connected to representation  1208   a  by looped line  1226   e  in a manner similar to the way looped line  1226   b  is described above with reference to  FIG. 12D . The loop of looped line  1226   e  is optionally horizontally aligned with representation  1210   c , because representation  1210   c  optionally corresponds to the most recent message sent by the user of device  500  between the messages corresponding to representations  1208   a  and  1208   b.    
     In  FIG. 12H , the electronic device  500  optionally displays a representation  1202   c  of another message sent by the user of electronic device  500  on the side of the user interface associated with messages from the user of electronic device  500  (e.g., the right side). The message associated with representation  1202   c  is optionally not a reply to an existing message in the conversation, so representation  1202   c  is optionally displayed without a curved line connecting the representation  1202   c  to a representation of another message. In some embodiments, the distance between representations that are not in the same reply conversation is greater than the distance between representations that are in the same reply conversation. For example, as shown in  FIG. 12H , there is more space between representations  1202   c  and  1208   b  than there is between representations  1208   a ,  1210   b ,  1210   c , and  1208   b.    
       FIG. 12I  illustrates the messaging user interface after the user of device  500  adds another message that is a reply to the message associated with representation  1202   c , for example. The new message is optionally represented by representation  1210   d  displayed on the side of the user interface associated with messages from the user of the electronic device  500  (e.g., the right side). Because the message associated with representation  1210   d  is a reply to the message represented by representation  1202   c , the electronic device  500  displays representation  1210   d  connected to representation  1202   c  by curved line  1226   k . In some embodiments, lines connecting messages that are in the same reply conversation (e.g., lines  1226   a - k  described in  FIGS. 12A-12I ) are connected to representations of messages on the left sides of the representations of the messages regardless of which side of the user interface (e.g., whether the message is from user of the electronic device  500  or from a different user) on which the representation is displayed. As shown in  FIG. 12I , in some embodiments, the user swipes the user interface with contact  1203  to scroll the user interface. 
       FIG. 12J  illustrates the user interface in response to the beginning of the swipe in accordance with some embodiments. Looped line  1226   e  optionally exhibits a stretching behavior (e.g., like a spring), illustrated here as representations  1208   b  and  1202   c  moving downward before representations  1210   b  and  1210   c  move. In some embodiments, looped line  1226   e  stretches as the swipe begins.  FIG. 12K  illustrates continuation of the swipe with contact  1203 , for example. As shown in  FIG. 12K , as the swipe input continues, in some embodiments, the looped line  1226   e  “bounces” back to its original length. In some embodiments, the looped line  1226   e  moves in a manner different from the manner described herein. In some embodiments, the looped line  1226   e  does not exhibit a bouncing or stretching behavior and is scrolled in the same way as the rest of the content in the user interface. In some embodiments, the way the looped line  1226   e  is scrolled is different from the rest of the content and different from the manner described here. 
     In  FIG. 12L , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1203 ) a representation  1228  of a group conversation in a messaging user interface including representations of multiple messaging conversations accessible to electronic device  500 . The representations of the messaging conversations are optionally displayed in a manner similar to the manner described above with reference to  FIGS. 6A-7 . 
     In response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 12L , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the messaging conversation illustrated in  FIG. 12M . 
       FIG. 12M  illustrates a messaging conversation including a representation  1212   a  of a message to which the message represented by representation  1210   e  is a reply and a representation  1204   c  of an additional message that is not a reply message and to which no reply messages have been received. The messaging conversation illustrated in  FIG. 12M  can include the user of the electronic device  500  and two contacts named Alice and Bob. In some embodiments, representations (e.g., representation  1210   e ) of messages from the user of the electronic device  500  are displayed on a first side of the user interface (e.g., the right side) and representations of messages (e.g., representations  1212   a  and  1204   c ) from users other than the user of the electronic device  500  are displayed on a second side of the user interface (e.g., the left side). 
     In  FIG. 12N , the electronic device  500  receives an indication  1224   n  of a message from another user in the conversation (e.g., Bob) in accordance with some embodiments. In response to indication  1224   n , the electronic device  500  optionally displays representation  1204   d  of the received message on the side of the user interface associated with messages from users other than the user of the electronic device  500  (e.g., the left side), which is optionally not a reply to an existing message in the conversation. In  FIG. 12N , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1203 ) representation  1204   c  to initiate a process to reply to the message associated with representation  1204   c  in a manner similar to the manner described above with reference to  FIG. 12B . 
     In  FIG. 12O , in some embodiments, in response to a sequence of inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG. 12N , the electronic device  500  updates the text entry field  1214  to indicate that one or more inputs directed to text entry field  1214  to compose a message will compose a message that is a reply to another message (e.g., the message associated with indication  1204   c  that was selected by the user in  FIG. 12N ). As shown in  FIG. 12O , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1203 ) a region of the soft keyboard  1218  to enter text of the message that is a reply to the message corresponding to representation  1204   c.    
     In  FIG. 12P , after the user has entered text into text entry field  1214 , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1203 ) an option  1216  to send the message to the messaging conversation. In response to the user&#39;s selection, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a representation  1210   f  of the message as shown in  FIG. 12Q . 
     As shown in  FIG. 12Q , in some embodiments, the representation  1210   f  of the message sent by the user is displayed connected to a representation  1212   b  of the message to which the user&#39;s message is a reply via curved line  1226   g . In the example of  FIG. 12Q , representation  1210   f  is displayed on the right side because it represents a message from the user of the electronic device and representation  1212   b  is displayed on the left side of the user interface because it represents a message from a user other than the user of the electronic device  500 . Because the message associated with representation  1204   d  was received between receipt of the message to which the user replied and the user&#39;s message, the electronic device  500  optionally displays the additional indication  1212   b  of the message to which the user replied. 
     As illustrated herein, the curved lines connecting message representations including user avatars (e.g., representations of messages from users other than the user of electronic device  500  in group conversations) to representations of messages from the user of the electronic device  500  are displayed as connecting the avatar to the representation of the message from the user of the electronic device  500 . For example, in  FIG. 12Q , curved line  1226   g  connects avatar  1213   c  to representation  1210   f . In some embodiments, the lines connecting messages in the same reply thread connect the representations of messages themselves (e.g., curved line  1226   g  connects to representation  1212   b  instead of to avatar  1213   c ). As will be described below with reference to  FIG. 12R , in some embodiments, as illustrated herein, the lines connecting two representations of messages associated with avatars are displayed as connecting the avatars. In some embodiments, instead, the lines connect the representations themselves instead of connecting the avatars. 
     In  FIG. 12R , the electronic device  500  optionally detects an indication  1224   r  of another message from another user (e.g., Bob) in the messaging conversation. In response to the indication  1224   r , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a representation  1226   h  of the received message on the side of the user interface (e.g., the left side) associated with messages from users other than the user of the electronic device. Because the received message is a reply to another message in the messaging conversation that was not the most recent message in the conversation, the electronic device  500  optionally displays an additional indication  1212   c  of the message to which the most recent message is a reply. The indication  1208   c  of the most recent message is displayed connected to representation  1212   c  via line  1226   h , for example. In the example of  FIG. 12R , representations  1208   c  and  1226   h  are both displayed on the left side of the user interface because the messages associated with representations  1208   c  and  1226   h  are from users other than the user of the electronic device  500 . In some embodiments, representations  1210   f  and  1212   c  are not connected with a line because they are in different reply conversations. 
     In  FIG. 12S , the electronic device  500  optionally detects an indication  1224   s  of another message sent by another user (e.g., Alice) in the messaging conversation. In response to the indication  1224   s , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays an indication  1208   d  of the received message on the side of the user interface associated with messages from users other than the user of the electronic device  500  (e.g., the left side of the user interface). The received message is optionally a reply to the same message to which the message associated with representation  1208   c  is a reply. Therefore, the representation  1208   d  is optionally displayed connected to representation  1208   c  by line  1226   i  and there are no messages received between the messages corresponding to representations  1208   c  and  1208   d  that are not replies to the message associated with representation  1212   c . As shown in  FIG. 12S , in some embodiments, the user of device  500  selects (e.g., with contact  1203 ) a region of soft keyboard  1218  associated with a character to send another message to the messaging conversation. 
     In  FIG. 12T , for example, the electronic device  500  displays the text entered by the user in text entry field  1214 . The user selects (e.g., with contact  1203 ) the option  1216  to send the message to the conversation in accordance with some embodiments. In response to the user&#39;s selection, the electronic device  500  optionally updates the user interface as shown in  FIG. 12U . 
       FIG. 12U  illustrates the updated user interface including representation  1202   d  of the message sent by the user displayed on the side of the user interface associated with messages from the user of the electronic device  500  (e.g., the right side). The message associated with representation  1202   d  is not a reply to an existing message in the conversation, so the representation  1202   d  is not connected to any other representations of messages with a line or curved line. 
     In  FIG. 12V , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  detects an indication  1224   v  of a new message received in the messaging conversation. In response to the indication  1224   v , the electronic device  500  optionally displays a representation  1208   e  of the received message on the side of the user interface associated with messages from users other than the user of the electronic device  500  (e.g., the left side), which is a reply to the message associated with representation  1202   d . Therefore, in some embodiments, the representation  1208   e  is displayed connected to representation  1202   d  by curved line  1226   j  because no additional messages are received between the messages associated with representations  1202   d  and  1208   e . As shown in  FIG. 12V , for example, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1203 ) representation  1208   d  of a message that is a reply to the message corresponding to representation  1212   c  illustrated, for example, in  FIG. 12T . 
       FIG. 12W  illustrates the user interface displayed in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 12V  in accordance with some embodiments. The user interface optionally includes representations of all of the messages that are replies to the message to which the message associated with the representation selected by the user is a reply (e.g., representations  1230   a - 1230   c  correspond to the same messages as representations  1212   c  and  1226   h -I illustrated in  FIG. 12T ) without including representations of messages that are not replies to the message associated with representation  1230   a . The representations  1230   a - c  are optionally displayed overlaid on a blurred version of the messaging user interface illustrated in  FIG. 12V , but in some embodiments, the representations are displayed on a plain background. The user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  1203 ) the background of the user interface to navigate back. 
     As shown in  FIG. 12X , in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 12W , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  presents all of the representations of all of the messages in the messaging conversation again. The user optionally selects a representation  1202   d  of another message in the conversation in  FIG. 12X . 
     As shown in  FIG. 12Y , in some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 12X , the electronic device  500  displays a representation  1232   a  associated with the same message as the representation selected by the user in  FIG. 12X  and a representation  1230   d  of the message that is a reply to the message associated with representation  1232   a . The replies user interface illustrated in  FIG. 12Y  can be similar to the replies user interface illustrated in  FIG. 12W . These replies user interfaces can differ in that  FIG. 12W  illustrates a replies user interface for one replies conversation and  FIG. 12Y  illustrates a replies user interface for a different replies conversation, for example. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of any reply message (or an indication of the number of replies to the initial message in any reply conversation), the electronic device  500  displays a replies user interface similar to those illustrated in  FIGS. 12W and 12Y  that only includes representations of messages in the replies conversation of the selected representation (or indication) without including representations of other messages in the messaging conversation that are not part of the reply conversation. 
       FIG. 13  is a flow diagram illustrating a method  1300  of presenting indications of messages that are replies to other messages according to some embodiments. The method  1300  is optionally performed at an electronic device such as device  100 , device  300 , device  500  as described above with reference to  FIGS. 1A-1B, 2-3, 4A-4B and 5A-5H . Some operations in method  1300  are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  1300  provides ways in which an electronic device presents indications of messages that are replies to other messages in a messaging conversation. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of the user&#39;s interaction with the user interface conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, method  1300  is executed at a first electronic device in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices (e.g., a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player), a computer (e.g., a desktop computer, a laptop computer), or a wearable device (e.g., a watch, a head-mounted device). In some embodiments, the display generation component is a display integrated with the electronic device (optionally a touch screen display) and/or an external display such as a monitor, projector, television, etc.)). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12A , the electronic device  500  displays ( 1302 ), via the display generation component, a messaging user interface including a plurality of representations  1204   a - b  and  1202   a - b  of a plurality of messages in a messaging conversation, including a representation  1204   a  of a first message, wherein the first message was added to the messaging conversation by a respective electronic device (e.g., the first electronic device or another electronic device with access to the conversation). In some embodiments, messages from a user account of the first electronic device are displayed on a first side (e.g., the right side) of the messaging user interface and messages from a user account of a different electronic device are displayed on a second side (e.g., the left side) of the messaging user interface. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12B , while displaying the messaging user interface, the electronic device  500  receives ( 1304 ), via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs for adding a second message to the messaging conversation as a reply to the first message (e.g., the electronic device detects a sequence of one or more inputs identifying the first message as the message to which the second message is a reply and a sequence of one or more inputs entering the content of the message). In some embodiments, the way in which the electronic device receives the one or more inputs for adding the second message to the messaging conversation as a reply to the first message is similar to one or more features described above with reference to method  900 . 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12C , in response to receiving the sequence of one or more inputs for adding the second message to the messaging conversation as the reply to the first message ( 1306 ), the electronic device  500  updates ( 1308 ) the messaging user interface to add a representation  1210   a  of the second message. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12I , in accordance with a determination that the respective electronic device is the first electronic device, the electronic device  500  displays ( 1310 ), in the messaging user interface, a first visual indication  1226   k  connecting the representation  1202   c  of the first message and the representation  1210   d  of the second message (e.g., the visual indication is optionally a curved line connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message). In some embodiments, the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message are both displayed on the same side of the user interface (e.g., the right side) because both messages were sent by the first electronic device. In some embodiments, the line connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message is a curved line. In some embodiments, lines connecting representations of messages that include replies (e.g., a representation of a first message and a representation of a message that is a reply to the first message or representations of messages that are both replies to the same respective message) are always displayed on the same side of the representation of the message, regardless of which electronic device sent the message. For example, representations of messages sent by the first electronic device are displayed on the right side of the user interface and the curved line connects the left sides of the representations of the messages. As another example, representations of messages sent by other users are displayed on the left side of the user interface and the lines connecting those representations are vertical lines on the left side of the representations of messages. As another example, the curved line connecting a message sent by the first electronic device to a message sent by another electronic device connects the left sides of the representations. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12C , in accordance with a determination that the respective electronic device is a second electronic device, different from the first electronic device, the electronic device  500  displays ( 1312 ), in the messaging user interface, a second visual indication  1226   a , different from the first visual indication, connecting the representation  1206   a  of the first message and the representation  1210   a  of the second message. The visual indication is optionally a line connecting the representation of the first message to the representation of the second message. In some embodiments, the representation of the first message is displayed on one side of the user interface (e.g., the right side) because it is from the first electronic device and the representation of the second message is displayed on the other side of the user interface (e.g., the left side) because it is from a different electronic device. In some embodiments, if a message is received that is not a reply to the first message, the representation of the message is displayed without a visual indicator connecting the representation of the message to the representation of the first message The above-described manner of displaying the first visual indication in accordance with the determination that the respective electronic device is the first electronic device and displaying the second visual indication in accordance with the determination that the respective electronic device is the second electronic device enables the electronic device to efficiently distinguish messages sent by the first electronic device from messages sent from the second electronic device, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the time and number of inputs needed to determine the sender of the messages), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12D , while displaying the messaging user interface including the representation  1206   a  of the first message and the representation  1226   a  of the second message, and a respective visual indication  1226   a  connecting the representation  1206   a  of the first message and the representation  1210   a  of the second message, receiving an indication  1224   d  of a third message added to the messaging conversation (e.g., message from another device or message inputted by first electronic device). In some embodiments, in response to receiving the indication  1224   d  of the third message added to the messaging conversation, such as in  FIG. 12D , the electronic device  500  updates the messaging user interface to add a representation  1208   a  of the third message (e.g., a visual indication including the content of the third message). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the third message is a reply to the first message (e.g., or the second message), displaying, in the messaging user interface, a third visual indication  1226   b  associated with (e.g., connecting) the representation  1208   a  of the third message and the representation  1210   a  of the second message. In some embodiments, the visual indication is a curved line connecting the second representation to the third representation. In some embodiments, the visual indication is a looped line connecting the first representation and the third representation, with the loop being horizontally aligned with the second representation. In some embodiments, the visual indication is a curved line connecting the first representation and the third representation, where the curved line shares a horizontal location with the second representation (e.g., a portion of the curved line is horizontally adjacent to the second representation). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the third message is not a reply to the first or second message, the electronic device displays the third representation without the indication associated with the second and third representations. The above-described manner of displaying the third visual indication associated with the representations of the third and second messages enables the electronic device to efficiently indicate that the third message is a reply message, and an indication of to which message it is a reply, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the display area needed to indicate that the third message is a reply message, thus reducing the number of inputs needed to view all of the representations of messages in the conversation), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12D , the respective electronic device is the second electronic device (e.g., the first message was added to the conversation by the second electronic device), the third message is a reply to the first message (e.g., or the second message), and in accordance with a determination that the third message was added to the messaging conversation by a third electronic device different from the first electronic device (e.g., the second electronic device or another electronic device), the third visual indication  1226   b  associated with the representation  1208   a  of the third message and the representation of the second message  1210   a  is a visual indication connecting the first message and the third message that includes a respective indication aligned with the second message in the messaging user interface. In some embodiments, the visual indication is a looped line connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the third message, where the loop is horizontally aligned with the representation of the second message. In some embodiments, if the messaging conversation includes a fourth message received between the first and third messages (e.g., either directly before or directly after) that is a reply to the first or second message and was sent by the first electronic device, the looped line includes a single loop that is horizontally aligned with the representation more recently received message from the first electronic device. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the third message was added to the messaging conversation by the first electronic device, the electronic device updates the user interface to display a curved line that does not include a loop connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the third message. The above-described manner of displaying the visual indication connecting the first message and the third message that includes a respective indication aligned with the second message enables the electronic device to efficiently indicate that the second and third messages are within the same reply thread, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the amount of display area needed to indicate that the messages are in the same reply thread, thus reducing the number of inputs needed to view all the messages in the conversation), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12F , the respective electronic device is the second electronic device (e.g., the first message was added to the conversation by the second electronic device). In some embodiments, while displaying the messaging user interface including the representation  1208   a  of the first message, the representation  1210   a  of the second message, and the second visual indication  1226   c  connecting the representation  1208   a  of the first message and the representation  1210   a  of the second message, such as in  FIG. 12E , the electronic device  500  receives, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs for adding a third message to the messaging conversation as a reply to the first message (e.g., or the second message). In some embodiments, the electronic device sends the third message to the conversation as a reply to the first or second message. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the sequence of one or more inputs for adding the third message to the messaging conversation as the reply to the first message, the electronic device  500  updates the messaging user interface to add a representation  1210   c  of the third message (e.g., a visual indication including the content of the third message) and replaces the second visual indication with a third visual indication  1226   d  connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the third message, such as in  FIG. 12F . In some embodiments, the third visual indication is a curved line connecting the representation of the first message to the representation of the third message, and the representation of the second message is no longer connected to the representation of the first message with a line. In some embodiments, the representation of the second message is displayed between the representations of the first and third messages, such that a portion of the third visual indication is horizontally aligned with the representation of the second message. The above-described manner of replacing the second visual indication with the third visual indication connecting the representation of the first message and the representation of the third message enables the electronic device to efficiently indicate that the second and third messages are replies to the first message, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the display area needed to indicate that the first, second, and third messages are in the same reply thread, which reduces the inputs needed to view all of the messages in the conversation), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12Q , the messaging conversation includes a third message (e.g., the third message is added to the conversation by the first electronic device or by another electronic device with access to the messaging conversation). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12Q , the electronic device  500  receives an indication of a fourth message added to the messaging conversation that is a reply to the third message (e.g., the fourth message is added to the messaging conversation by the first electronic device or by another electronic device with access to the messaging conversation). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12Q , in response to receiving the indication of the fourth message added to the messaging conversation, the electronic device  500  displays, in the messaging user interface, a representation  1210   f  of the fourth message and a respective visual indication  1226   g  connecting a first representation  1212   b  of the third message and the representation  1210   f  of the fourth message. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12Q , in accordance with a determination that the messaging conversation includes one or more messages between the third message and the fourth message that are not replies to the third message, the first representation  1212   b  of the third message is an additional representation of the third message in the messaging user interface that was not included in the messaging user interface before receiving the indication of the fourth message added to the messaging conversation, and was added to the messaging user interface in response to receiving the indication of the fourth message added to the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the messaging conversation does not include one or more messages between the third message and the fourth message, the first representation of the third message is the only representation of the third message that was displayed in response to detecting an indication of receipt of the third message. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the one or more messages between the third message and the fourth message are replies to the third message, the electronic device updates the user interface from including a visual indication associating the first representation of the third message with representations of the one or more messages between the third and fourth message to include a visual indication associating the first representation of the third message, the representations of the one or more messages received between the third message and the fourth message, and the representation of the fourth message. In some embodiments, in response to receiving a reply message when the most recent message is not one of (1) the message to which the incoming message is a reply or (2) a reply to the same message to which the incoming message is a reply, the electronic device  500  displays an additional indication of the message to which the incoming message is a reply (or the first message in the reply thread of the message to which the incoming message is a reply). The additional indication of the message is optionally displayed with one or more visual characteristics that are different from the one or more visual characteristics of the indication of the message that was initially displayed in response to receipt of the message. For example, the additional indication is displayed with increased translucency, decreased size, or different colors than the original indication of the message. The above-described manner of displaying the additional representation of the third message in response to the fourth message enables the electronic device to concurrently display representations of the third and fourth messages even if the messaging conversation includes one or more other messages between the third and fourth messages, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the inputs needed to view the first representation of the third message in conjunction with viewing the representation of the fourth message), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12R , the messaging user interface includes a representation  1212   c  of a third message and a representation  1208   c  of a fourth message that is a reply to the third message. In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12R , in accordance with a determination that the third message and the fourth message were added to the messaging conversation by the second electronic device, the messaging user interface includes a third visual indication  1226   h , different from the second visual indication (e.g., a straight line connecting the representations of the third and fourth messages), connecting the representation  1212   c  of the third message and the representation  1208   c  of the fourth message. In some embodiments, the third visual indication is a vertical line connecting the representation of the third message to the representation of the fourth message when the third and fourth messages are sent by electronic devices other than the first electronic device. The above-described manner of displaying the third visual indication connecting the representations of the third and fourth messages enables the electronic device to efficiently indicate that the fourth message is a reply to the third message, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the display area needed to indicate that the fourth message is a reply to the third message, thus reducing the number of user inputs needed to view all of the messages in the conversation), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12R , in accordance with a determination that the third message was added to the messaging conversation by the second electronic device, and the fourth message was added to the messaging conversation by a third electronic device, different from the first and second electronic devices, the messaging user interface includes the third visual indication  1226   h  connecting the representation  1212   c  of the third message and the representation  1208   c  of the fourth message. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays representations of messages sent by the first electronic device on a first side of the messaging user interface (e.g., the right side) and displays representations of messages sent by all other electronic devices on the other side (e.g., the left side) of the user interface. The electronic device optionally displays a vertical line connecting the representation of the third message and the representation of the fourth message. The above-described manner of displaying the third visual indication connecting the representation of the third message and the representation of the fourth message enables the electronic device to efficiently indicate that the fourth message is a reply to the third message, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the display area needed to indicate that the fourth message is a reply to the third message, thereby reducing the number of inputs needed to view all of the messages in the conversation), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12C , in accordance with a determination that the messaging conversation includes two participants (e.g., the first electronic device and the second electronic device), the first visual indication  1226   a  connecting the representation  1206   a  of the first message and the representation  1210   a  of the second message is aligned with the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message. In some embodiments, the first electronic device forgoes displaying a representation of a user of the second electronic device in association with representations of messages from the second electronic device because it is apparent that the messages are from the second electronic device because the second electronic device is the only electronic device other than the first electronic device with access to the messaging conversation. Because the electronic device does not display an indication of the user of the second electronic device in association with the representation of the first message, the electronic device aligns the first visual indication with the representation of the first message (e.g., the lines forming the visual indications connect to the actual representations of messages rather than to representations of users associated with those messages). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 12M , in accordance with a determination that the messaging conversation includes three or more participants (e.g., the first and second electronic device and one or more third electronic devices), the first visual indication  1226   f  connecting the representation  1212   a  of the first message and the representation  1210   e  of the second message is aligned with a visual representation of a participant displayed and associated with the representation  1212   a  of the first message and the representation  1210   e  of the second message. In some embodiments, the first electronic device displays a representation of the user that sent a respective message in association with a representation of the respective message sent by an electronic device other than the first electronic device. The electronic device optionally displays a curved line connecting the representation of the participant associated with the representation of the first message and the representation of the second message (e.g., in some embodiments, because the second message was provided by the current electronic device, no representation of the current user is displayed in association with that message. In some embodiments, only representations provided to the conversation by other electronic devices are displayed in association with the users who sent those messages). The above-described manner of displaying the first visual indication connecting the visual representation of the participant in accordance with a determination that the messaging conversation includes three or more participants enables the electronic device to provide an indication of the user that sent the first message when there are multiple possible users that could have sent the message, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to determine the sender of each message), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 13  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1100 , and  1500 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  1300  described above with respect to  FIG. 13 . For example, the ways of presenting indications of messages that are replies to other messages in a messaging conversation described above with reference to method  1300  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the ways of presenting representations of messaging conversations, creating and presenting mentions, presenting representations of messages that are replies to other messages in a messaging conversation, etc., described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1100 , and  1500 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., a as described with respect to  FIGS. 1A-1B, 3, 5A-5H ) or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to  FIG. 13  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . For example, displaying operation  1302 , receiving operation  1304 , and updating operation  1308  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch screen  504 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch screen corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     User Interfaces for Creating and Presenting Mentions in Messaging Conversations 
     Users interact with electronic devices in many different manners, including using an electronic device to send and receive messages. The embodiments described below provide ways in which an electronic device creates and presents links (e.g., rich links) to users in a messaging conversation (e.g., “mentions”). Creating and presenting mentions in the ways described herein enhances interactions with a device such as by reducing the time and number of inputs needed to create a mention, thus reducing the amount of time needed by a user to perform operations, thus reducing the power usage of the device, which increases battery life for battery-powered devices. It is understood that people use devices. When a person uses a device, that person is optionally referred to as a user of the device. 
       FIGS. 14A-14K  illustrate exemplary ways in which an electronic device  500  displays selectable options to insert links (e.g., rich links) associated with user accounts in a messaging conversation according to some embodiments. The embodiments in  FIGS. 14A-14K  are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes described with reference to  FIG. 15 . Although  FIGS. 14A-14K  illustrate various examples of ways an electronic device is able to perform the processes described below with reference to  FIG. 15 , it should be understood that these examples are not meant to be limiting, and the electronic device is able to perform one or more processes described below with reference to  FIG. 15  in ways not expressly described with reference to  FIGS. 14A-14K . 
     In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  is able to add a link (e.g., a rich link) associated with a user account (e.g., a “mention” directed to the user account) to an outgoing message and present indications of mentions of the user of the electronic device  500  and other users in a messaging conversation in a manner similar to  FIGS. 8A-9 . 
     In  FIG. 14A , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a messaging user interface that includes an indication  1402   a  of a message sent by the other user (e.g., Bernadette) in the conversation. The messaging user interface can be similar to one or more messaging user interfaces described above with reference to  FIGS. 6A-13 . Moreover, in some embodiments, a messages application that displays the user interfaces described with reference to  FIGS. 14A-15  can also display the user interfaces described above with reference to  FIGS. 6A-13 . The indication  1402   a  optionally includes a mention  1418  of the user of the electronic device  500  (e.g., Alex). The mention  1418  is optionally similar to mentions of the user of the electronic device  500  described above with reference to  FIGS. 10A - 10 TTT and  11 A- 11 B. 
     As shown in  FIG. 14A , in some embodiments, the messaging user interface further includes a text entry field  1414 , a soft keyboard  1408 , and a selectable option  1416  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to send the content displayed in text entry field  1414  to the messaging conversation as a new message. In some embodiments, the messaging user interface also includes a region  1406  including a plurality of options that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to insert rich messaging content associated with a respective app associated with the selected option. As shown in  FIG. 14A , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1403 ) a region of the soft keyboard  1408  associated with a respective character to enter the character into the text entry field  1414 . 
     In  FIG. 14B , in some embodiments, the text entry field  1414  includes text that was entered by the user (e.g., using the soft keyboard), including a first portion  1422   a  of text. While the user is entering text into text entry field  1414 , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a suggested entry user interface element  1410  at the location in the user interface at which region  1406  was previously displayed, as shown in  FIG. 14A . 
     The suggested entry user interface element  1410  optionally includes a plurality of options  1412   a - c  that, when selected, cause the electronic device  500  to enter respective text associated with the selected option in place of the first portion  1422   a  of text. As shown in  FIG. 14B , in some embodiments, the suggested entry user interface element  1410  includes an option  1412   a  to enter the first portion  1422   a  of text (“be”) as-is (e.g., or leave the first portion  1422   a  of text as-is) and two options  1412   b  and  1412   c  to replace the first portion  1422   a  of text with suggested respective other text (e.g., “berry” or “berries”). In some embodiments, the two options  1412   b  and  1412   c  include text (e.g., “berry” or “berries”) that starts with the first portion  1422   a  of text (e.g., “be”). In some embodiments, the suggested entry user interface element  1410  includes options to enter text corresponding to the most-recently entered string of text (e.g., the most recent string of characters not interrupted by a space), such as words that start with the most-recently entered string of text, spelling corrected versions of the string of text, capitalization-corrected versions of the string of text, etc. In some embodiments, if the last character entered in the text entry field  1414  is a space, the suggested entry user interface element  1410  can include suggested words that are likely to come after the word(s) entered before the last space entered in the text entry field  1414 . 
     As shown in  FIG. 14B , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1403 ) one of the options  1412   c  associated with text (“berries”) that begins with the first portion  1422   a  (“be”) of text but does not match the first portion  1422   a  of text. In response to the user&#39;s selection, the electronic device  500  enters the text indicated by option  1412   c  into text entry field  1414 . 
       FIG. 14C  illustrates the messaging user interface after the electronic device  500  enters a portion  1422   b  of text in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 14B  and the user continues entering text into text entry field  1414 . The text of text entry field  1414  optionally includes a portion  1424   a  of text that may correspond to the other user in the conversation (e.g., Bernadette). The portion of text  1424   a  may correspond to the other user in the conversation because the portion  1424   a  of text matches the beginning of the name of the other user in the conversation. 
     In some embodiments, in accordance with the determination that the portion  1424   a  of text may correspond to the other user in the conversation, the electronic device  500  displays an option  1412   f  in the suggested entry user interface element  1410  that, when selected, causes the electronic device  500  to insert a mention of the other user into the text entry field  1414 . For example, option  1412   f  is displayed in place of option  1412   c  illustrated in  FIG. 14B  because the user has continued typing, so the electronic device  500  updates the suggested entry user interface element  1410  to include options for updated suggested entries that correspond to the updated text  1424   a . The option  1412   f  optionally includes the text of the user&#39;s name in bold typeface and an image  1413   a  associated with the user. Although  FIG. 14C  illustrates the text of option  1412   f  in bold typeface, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the text of option  1412   f  in a different color than the rest of the text in the user interface to indicate that the option  1412   f  is selectable to create a mention associated with the other user in the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, image  1413   a  is an image included in a contact card of the other user in the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, the electronic device  500  does not display the option  1412   f  to turn text  1424   a  into a mention until the text entered by the user matches the name of the contact (e.g., instead of matching the beginning portion of the name of the contact). 
     In some embodiments, the suggested entry user interface element  1410  further includes options  1412   d  and  1412   e  that, when selected, cause the electronic device  500  to enter text that is not a mention associated with the other user in the conversation. One of the options  1412   d  is optionally selectable to enter text that matches the portion of text  1424   a  or to leave the text  1424   a  as-is (though, if the user does not turn text  1424   a  into a mention, it will be displayed without italics after the user enters a space or punctuation and/or sends the message, for example). The other option  1412   e  is selectable to enter a plain-text version of the name of the other user in the conversation. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of option  1412   e , the electronic device  500  enters the text of the name of the other user in the conversation as plain text that is not a mention of the other user in the conversation. In some embodiments, the characters of the text associated with options  1412   e  and  1412   f  are the same—the text entered in response to detecting selection of option  1412   e  is the plain text version of the text that would be entered in response to detecting selection of option  1412   f.    
     In  FIG. 14C , the portion  1424   a  of text is also optionally displayed with a visual characteristic that is different from the rest of the text in the text entry field  1414  to indicate that it may correspond to the other user in the conversation, in a manner similar to the manner described above with reference to  FIGS. 8A-9 . Although  FIG. 14C  illustrates the portion  1424   a  of text as being displayed in italics while the rest of the text is displayed not in italics, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  distinguishes text that may correspond to a user in the conversation by displaying it in a different color than the rest of the text in text entry field  1414 . 
     In  FIG. 14D , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1403 ) the option  1412   f  to insert the text of the other user&#39;s name as a mention of the other user into the message displayed in the text entry field  1414 . 
     As shown in  FIG. 14E , in some embodiments, in response to the user&#39;s selection in  FIG. 14D , the electronic device  500  replaces text  1424   a  with text  1424   b . Text  1424   b  is optionally the name of the other user in the conversation displayed in bold typeface to indicate that when the message is sent, text  1424   b  will be a mention of the other user in the conversation, in a manner similar to the manner described above with reference to  FIGS. 8A-9 , for example. As shown in  FIG. 14E , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1403 ) a region of the soft keyboard  1408  associated with a punctuation character. 
     In  FIG. 14F , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  has entered a question mark in the text entry field  1414  in response to one or more inputs including the input illustrated in  FIG. 14E . The user optionally selects (e.g., with contact  1403 ) the option  1416  to send the message to the messaging conversation. 
     In  FIG. 14G , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays a representation  1404   a  of the message sent in response to the input entered by the user in  FIG. 14F . Representation  1404   a  optionally includes a mention  1420  of the other user in the conversation that corresponds to text  1424   b  illustrated in  FIG. 14F . The mention  1420  is displayed in bold, for example, in  FIG. 14G  and the rest of the text is not bold in a manner similar to the manner described above with reference to  FIGS. 8A-9 . 
       FIG. 14H  illustrates another messaging conversation accessible to the electronic device  500  according to some embodiments. In the example of  FIG. 14H , the messaging conversation includes the user of the electronic device  500  and two contacts named Erin A. and Erin W. The messaging conversation optionally includes representations  1402   b  and  1402   c  of messages sent by another user in the conversation on the left side of the user interface and representations  1404   b  and  1404   c  of messages sent by the electronic device  500  on the right side of the user interface. As shown in  FIG. 14H , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1403 ) a region of the soft keyboard  1408  associated with a respective character to enter the character into text entry field  1414 . 
     In  FIG. 14I , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays text entered by the user in the text entry field  1414 , including a portion  1426   a  of text that corresponds to the names of the other contacts in the conversation. In this example, the other contacts in the conversation have the same first name and text  1426   a  corresponds to the first name of both of the other contacts in the conversation. Because text  1426   a  corresponds to the name of at least one contact in the conversation, for example, text  1426   a  is displayed in italics to distinguish it from the other text in the text box  1414  and the suggested entry user interface element  1410  includes an option  1412   h  to replace text  1426   a  with a mention of one of the contacts in the conversation and an option  1412   i  to replace text  1426   a  with the other contact in the conversation. Option  1412   h  optionally includes an image  1413   b  associated with the contact corresponding to option  1412   h  and option  1412   i  includes an image  1413   c  associated with the contact corresponding to option  1412   i . In some embodiments, in response to detecting a selection of one of the options  1412   h  or  1412   i  where the contact (e.g., on display  504 ) making the selection is detected for a period of time exceeding a threshold (e.g., 0.5 seconds, 1 second, 2 seconds), the electronic device  500  displays contact information associated with the contact associated with the selected option (e.g., instead of replacing the corresponding text with a mention). 
     In  FIG. 14J , in some embodiments, the user selects (e.g., with contact  1403 ) the option  1412   i  to replace text  1426   a  with a mention of one of the contacts in the conversation. In response to the user&#39;s selection, in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  replaces text  1426   a  with text  1426   b  illustrated in  FIG. 14K . As shown in  FIG. 14K , the characters in text  1426   a  and text  1426   b  are the same (e.g., the electronic device  500  does not change the text content of text  1426   a  when updating to the styling of text  1426   b ), for example. 
     In  FIG. 14K , in some embodiments, the electronic device  500  displays the text  1426   b  inserted in response to the selection illustrated in  FIG. 14J  and additional text entered by the user (e.g., via soft keyboard or another input mechanism). Text  1426   b  is optionally displayed in a larger size than the rest of the text and/or in bold to indicate that text  1426   b  will be replaced with a mention of the contact associated with the selected option  1412   i  when the message is sent. The text entered by the user also includes a portion of text  1428  corresponding to a user that does not have access to the messaging conversation (e.g., is not part of the messaging conversation), for example. Because the user corresponding to text  1428  does not have access to the messaging conversation, the electronic device  500  forgoes displaying an option to convert text  1428  into a mention in the suggested entry user interface element  1410  and instead displays options  1412   j  and  1412   k  to enter plain text corresponding to the portion of text  1428  in some embodiments. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the portion  1428  of text corresponding to the user that is not in the messaging conversation, the electronic device displays an option that is selectable to initiate a process to add the user to the conversation. Once the user is added to the conversation, in some embodiments, it is then possible to add a mention of the user to a message in the conversation (e.g., via suggested entry user interface element  1410 , as described herein). 
       FIG. 15  is a flow diagram illustrating a method of presenting options to create a link (e.g., a rich link) to contacts in a messaging conversation (e.g., “mentions”) using a suggested entry user interface element. The method  1500  is optionally performed at an electronic device such as device  100 , device  300 , device  500  as described above with reference to  FIGS. 1A-1B, 2-3, 4A-4B and 5A-5H . Some operations in method  1500  are, optionally combined and/or order of some operations is, optionally, changed. 
     As described below, the method  1500  provides ways in which an electronic device creates and presents mentions in a messaging user interface. The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when interacting with a user interface of the device of the disclosure, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. For battery-operated electronic devices, increasing the efficiency of the user&#39;s interaction with the user interface conserves power and increases the time between battery charges. 
     In some embodiments, method  1500  is performed at an electronic device in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices (e.g., a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, a smartphone, a media player), a computer (e.g., a desktop computer, a laptop computer), or a wearable device (e.g., a watch, a head-mounted device). In some embodiments, the display generation component is a display integrated with the electronic device (optionally a touch screen display) and/or an external display such as a monitor, projector, television, etc.). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 14A , the electronic device  500  displays ( 1502 ), via the display generation component, a messaging user interface that includes one or more indications  1402   a  of messages of a conversation and a text entry field  1414  (e.g., the indications of the messages include the content of the message. In some embodiments, the text entry field is a region of the user interface towards which one or more inputs composing a message are directed). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 14B , while displaying the messaging user interface, the electronic device  500  receives ( 1504 ), via the one or more input devices, an indication of entry, to the text entry field  1414 , of first respective text  1422   a  (e.g., the first respective text is entered via one or more of a keyboard, soft keyboard, or voice input.). 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 14B , in response to receiving the indication of entry of the first respective text  1422   a  ( 1506 ), the electronic device  500  displays ( 1507 ), in the text entry field  1414  of the messaging user interface, the first respective text  1422   a.    
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 14D , the electronic device  500  displays in a suggested entry user interface element  1410  ( 1508 ), in accordance with a determination that the first respective text  1424   a  corresponds to a contact, a first selectable option  1412   f  that is selectable to replace the first respective text  1424   a  in the text entry field  1414  with first text  1412   f  corresponding to a respective contact, the first text  1412   f  having a visual characteristic having a first value ( 1510 ) (e.g., a first color, size, font, or text styling). In some embodiments, the suggested entry user interface element is a region of the user interface in which the electronic device displays one or more suggestions of text corresponding to text entered in the text entry field, such as one or more words that begin with the text entered in the text entry field, one or more corrected spelling suggestions corresponding to text entered in the text entry field, one or more Unicode images (e.g., emojis) corresponding to text entered in the text entry field, etc. For example, in response to detecting entry of the characters “Hel,” the electronic device displays “Hello” within the suggested entry user interface element. In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of the word “Hello,” the electronic device enters “Hello” into the text entry field. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays one or more suggested words in the suggested entry user interface that are identified as being likely to follow the text previously entered in the text entry field. For example, if Alice enters “Hello, my name is” into the text entry field, the electronic device displays “Alice” in the suggested entry user interface element because Alice is likely to enter the word “Alice” after “Hello, my name is.” In some embodiments, in response to detecting selection of a word or image displayed in the suggested entry user interface element, the electronic device enters the selected word or image into the text entry field. In some embodiments, the first respective text is at least a portion of a name associated with a contact in the messaging conversation. In response to detecting selection of the first text, the electronic device enters the first text having the visual characteristic having the first value into the text entry field and associates the first text with the contact in a manner similar to one or more steps of method  1100 . For example, Alexander types a message to Bernadette including entry of “Bern.” In this example, the electronic device displays “Bernadette” in the suggested entry user interface element (e.g., with the visual characteristic having the first value) because the text likely corresponds to Bernadette&#39;s name. In some embodiments, the electronic device only displays the first text in the suggested entry user interface element (e.g., with the visual characteristic having the first value) if the first text matches the name of the contact. For example, the electronic device does not suggest “Bernadette” until Alexander enters the text “Bernadette.” 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 14B , in accordance with a determination that the first respective text  1422   a  does not correspond to a contact ( 1512 ), the electronic device  500  displays, in a suggested user interface element  1410  ( 1508 ) a second selectable option  1412   c  that is selectable to replace the first respective text  1422   a  in the text entry field  1414  with second text  1412   c , different from the first text, the second text  1412   c  having the visual characteristic having a second value, different from the first value ( 1514 ) (e.g., a second size, color, font, or text styling) without displaying, in the suggested entry user interface element, the first selectable option ( 1516 ). For example, the first respective text is not a portion of the name of a contact in the messaging conversation or the name of a contact in the messaging conversation. In some embodiments, while the text is less than a threshold number of characters in length (e.g., 2 or 3 or 4 characters), the electronic device does not display the name of the contact in the suggested entry user interface element. For example, Alexander types a message to Bernadette, including entry of the character “B.” In this example, the electronic device forgoes displaying “Bernadette” in the suggested entry user interface element because the text could correspond to many words other than “Bernadette.” In some embodiments, text that does not correspond to a contact in the messaging conversation is displayed, once entered into the messaging conversation, with the visual characteristic having the second value. In some embodiments, the second text is one or more of a spelling correction of the first text, a completed word corresponding to the first text, and/or a predicted word based on the first text and text entered before the first text. In some embodiments, in response to detecting entry of text that does not include text corresponding to a contact in the messaging conversation, the electronic device forgoes displaying the first selectable option that is selectable to replace the first respective text with first text having the visual characteristic with the first value. In some embodiments, the user continues to enter text (e.g., with the soft keyboard or other input mechanism other than the suggested entry region of the user interface) and, in accordance with a determination that the entered text no longer corresponds to the text displayed in the suggested entry user interface element, the electronic device updates the suggested entry user interface element to display options to enter text that correspond to the updated text in the text entry field. In some embodiments, the electronic device continues to display the same options in the suggested entry user interface element if the updated text still corresponds to the options displayed in the suggested entry user interface element. The above-described manner of displaying the first selectable option in the suggested entry user interface element in accordance with the determination that the first respective text corresponds to a contact enables the electronic device to provide an efficient way to associate the first respective text with the contact, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to associate the first respective text with the contact), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 14J , in response to receiving the indication of entry of the first respective text  1426   a , in accordance with a determination that the first respective text  1426   a  corresponds to a first contact and a second contact the electronic device  500  displays, in the suggested entry user interface element  1410 , a first respective selectable option  1412   h  that is selectable to replace the first respective text  1426   a  in the text entry field  1414  with third text corresponding to the first contact, the third text having the visual characteristic having the first value and a second respective selectable option  1412   i  that is selectable to replace the first respective text  1426   a  in the text entry field  1414  with fourth text corresponding to the second contact, the fourth text having the visual characteristic having the first value (e.g., names of the first contact and the second contact both include the first respective text). For example, the first contact and the second contact have the same first name and the first respective text is the first name of the first contact and the second contact, or the first respective text corresponds to a portion of the first names of both contacts (e.g., “Mar” corresponding to “Mary” and “Mario”). In some embodiments, the first respective selectable option includes a visual indication associated with the first contact (e.g., a visual representation of the first contact), such as an image included in a contact card of the first contact. In response to detecting selection of the first selectable option, the electronic device enters text associated with the first contact. In some embodiments, the second respective selectable option includes a visual indication of the second contact, such as an image included in a contact card of the second contact. In response to detecting selection of the first selectable option, the electronic device enters text associated with the second contact. The above-described manner of displaying selectable options associated with both the first contact and the second contact enables the electronic device to efficiently provide a mechanism by which the user is able to associate the first respective text with the contact to which the user wishes to refer, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to associate the text with a desired one of the two contacts to which the text corresponds), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 14J , the respective contact is included in the conversation (e.g., the respective contact has access to the content of the messaging conversation). In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 14K , in response to receiving the indication of entry of the first respective text  1428 , in accordance with a determination that the first respective text  1428  corresponds to a second respective contact that is not included in the conversation (e.g., the second respective contact does not have access to the content of the messaging conversation), the electronic device  500  forgoes displaying, in the suggested entry user interface element  1410 , a selectable option that is selectable to replace the first respective text  1428  in the text entry field with third text corresponding to the second respective contact. In some embodiments, the electronic device is not able to associate text with a contact not included in the conversation because contacts not included in the conversation are not able to view messages in the conversation, including a message that has text associated with the contact. In some embodiments, the selected entry user interface element includes a selectable option that, when selected, causes the electronic device to enter text corresponding to the name of second respective contact that is not a link (e.g., a rich link) associated with the second respective contact. The above-described manner of forgoing displaying the selectable option to replace the first respective text with text corresponding to a second respective contact not included in the messaging conversation enables the electronic device to only associate text with users that are able to view the contents of the messaging conversation, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the user inputs needed to correct user error of attempting to associate text of a message with a contact that is unable to view the message), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, the second text  1412   e  is a spelling-corrected version of the first respective text  1424   a , such as in  FIG. 14C . In some embodiments, the electronic device displays a word included in a dictionary that corresponds to the first respective text, which is not included in the dictionary, in the suggested entry user interface element. In some embodiments, the electronic device concurrently displays the spelling-corrected version of the first respective text with the selectable option that is selectable to replace the first respective text with first text corresponding to a respective contact. The above-described manner of displaying the spelling-corrected version of the first respective text in the suggested entry user interface element enables the electronic device to provide an efficient way to enter the spelling-corrected version of the first respective text, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to correct the spelling of the first respective text), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 14C , the first text  1412   d  is the same as the first respective text  1424   a . In some embodiments, the text of the first respective text matches the text of the first text corresponding to the respective contact. The first text corresponding to the respective contact is optionally displayed with a visual characteristic different from a visual characteristic of the first respective text to indicate that the first text is a link (e.g., a rich link) associated with the respective contact. For example, in a conversation with a contact named Eve Smith, if the first respective text is “Eve,” the first text associated with the contact Eve Smith also says “Eve” but is displayed in a different color than other text in the conversation that is not associated with a contact in the conversation. In this example, if the first respective text is “Smith,” the first respective text associated with the contact Eve Smith also says “Smith.” In some embodiments, in response to detecting entry of text that matches a name (e.g., a first name, last name, or nickname) of a contact, the electronic device presents the selectable option to replace the text with a version of the text that is associated with the contact without updating the content of the text (e.g., without replacing the first name, last name, or nickname with the full name of the contact). The above-described manner of the first text being the same as the first respective text enables the electronic device to provide an efficient way to associate a contact with the text even if the user has already entered the name of the contact, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to customize the text that should be associated with the contact), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 14C , the second text  1412   e , is different from the first respective text  1424   a . In some embodiments, the second text is a spelling-corrected version of the first respective text or text that begins with the first respective text. For example, if the first respective text is “ber,” the second text is “berry”, and the first text is “Bernadette”. The above-described manner of displaying second text different from the first respective text in the suggested entry user interface element enables the electronic device to provide an efficient way to continue to suggest text for entry that is not tied to respective contacts, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the inputs needed to enter the second text), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 14C , the first selectable option  1412   f  includes a representation of the first text and a representation  1413   a  of the respective contact corresponding to the first text  1424   a , wherein the representation  1413   a  of the respective contact is different from the representation of the first text. In some embodiments, the representation of the respective contact is an image associated with a contact card of the contact. In some embodiments, selection of the first selectable option enters the first text without entering the representation of the respective contact. In some embodiments, the electronic device concurrently displays the first selectable option and another selectable option that also corresponds to the name of the contact (e.g., same text as the first text) that does not include the representation of the contact and, if selected, enters the text of the name of the contact without associating the text with the contact. In some embodiments, the electronic device displays the other selectable option without also concurrently displaying the first selectable option. The above-described manner of displaying the representation of the contact with the first selectable option enables the electronic device to efficiently indicate the contact with which the text will be associated in response to detecting selection of the first selectable option, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to determine the contact associated with the first selectable option), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 14D , in response to receiving the indication of entry of the first respective text  1424   a , in accordance with the determination that the first respective text  1424   a  corresponds to the contact, the electronic device  500  concurrently displays, in the suggested entry user interface element  1410 , the first selectable option  1412   f  that is selectable to replace the first respective text  1424   a  in the text entry field with the first text corresponding to the respective contact, the first text having the visual characteristic having the first value and the second selectable option  1412   e  that is selectable to replace the first respective text  1424   a  in the text entry field with the second text, the second text having the visual characteristic having the second value. In some embodiments, the electronic device concurrently displays options to enter text associated with a respective contact and to enter second text that is not associated with the respective contact in the suggested entry user interface element. The above-described manner of concurrently displaying the first selectable option and the second selectable option enables the electronic device to efficiently provide the user with options to replace the first text with text associated with a respective contact or with other text not associated with the contact, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to access both options), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     In some embodiments, such as in  FIG. 14D , first text  1412   e  corresponds to the name of the respective contact, and the second text  1412   f  corresponds to the name of the respective contact. In some embodiments, the name of the respective contact is a first name, last name, or nickname associated with a contact card of the respective contact. The second text is optionally the same as the first text, but is not associated with the contact (e.g., selection of the second selectable option will cause entry of the name of the contact without associating the name of the contact with the contact). The above-described manner of displaying options to add the name of the contact associated with the contact or to add the name of the contact not associated with the contact enables the electronic device to efficiently provide options to add the link (e.g., a rich link) to the contact or the plain text version of the contact&#39;s name, which simplifies the interaction between the user and the electronic device and enhances the operability of the electronic device and makes the user-device interface more efficient (e.g., by reducing the number of inputs needed to view both options and to add either text to the message), which additionally reduces power usage and improves battery life of the electronic device by enabling the user to use the electronic device more quickly and efficiently. 
     It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in  FIG. 15  have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1100 , and  1300 ) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method  1500  described above with respect to  FIG. 15 . For example, the ways of creating and presenting mentions described above with reference to method  1500  optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the ways of presenting representations of messaging conversations, presenting indications of messages that are replies to other messages in a messaging conversation, and creating and presenting mentions etc., described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods  700 ,  900 ,  1100 , and  1300 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here. 
     The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally, implemented by running one or more functional modules in an information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., a as described with respect to  FIGS. 1A-1B, 3, 5A-5H ) or application specific chips. Further, the operations described above with reference to  FIG. 15  are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . For example, displaying operation  1502  and receiving operation  1504  are, optionally, implemented by event sorter  170 , event recognizer  180 , and event handler  190 . Event monitor  171  in event sorter  170  detects a contact on touch screen  504 , and event dispatcher module  174  delivers the event information to application  136 - 1 . A respective event recognizer  180  of application  136 - 1  compares the event information to respective event definitions  186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch screen corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer  180  activates an event handler  190  associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler  190  optionally utilizes or calls data updater  176  or object updater  177  to update the application internal state  192 . In some embodiments, event handler  190  accesses a respective GUI updater  178  to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in  FIGS. 1A-1B . 
     As described above, one aspect of the present technology is the gathering and use of data available from specific and legitimate sources to present content of relevance to the user. The present disclosure contemplates that in some instances, this gathered data may include personal information data that uniquely identifies or can be used to identify a specific person. Such personal information data can include demographic data, location-based data, online identifiers, telephone numbers, e-mail addresses, home addresses, data or records relating to a user&#39;s health or level of fitness (e.g., vital signs measurements, medication information, exercise information), date of birth, or any other personal information. 
     The present disclosure recognizes that the use of such personal information data, in the present technology, can be used to the benefit of users. For example, accessing the contact information of the user enables the electronic device to send and receive messages, and/or provide link (e.g., rich link or “mention”) functionality. Accordingly, use of such personal information data enables users to communicate with other devices. Further, other uses for personal information data that benefit the user are also contemplated by the present disclosure. 
     The present disclosure contemplates that those entities responsible for the collection, analysis, disclosure, transfer, storage, or other use of such personal information data will comply with well-established privacy policies and/or privacy practices. In particular, such entities would be expected to implement and consistently apply privacy practices that are generally recognized as meeting or exceeding industry or governmental requirements for maintaining the privacy of users. Such information regarding the use of personal data should be prominent and easily accessible by users, and should be updated as the collection and/or use of data changes. Personal information from users should be collected for legitimate uses only. Further, such collection/sharing should occur only after receiving the consent of the users or other legitimate basis specified in applicable law. Additionally, such entities should consider taking any needed steps for safeguarding and securing access to such personal information data and ensuring that others with access to the personal information data adhere to their privacy policies and procedures. Further, such entities can subject themselves to evaluation by third parties to certify their adherence to widely accepted privacy policies and practices. In addition, policies and practices should be adapted for the particular types of personal information data being collected and/or accessed and adapted to applicable laws and standards, including jurisdiction-specific considerations that may serve to impose a higher standard. For instance, in the US, collection of or access to certain health data may be governed by federal and/or state laws, such as the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA); whereas health data in other countries may be subject to other regulations and policies and should be handled accordingly. 
     Despite the foregoing, the present disclosure also contemplates embodiments in which users selectively block the use of, or access to, personal information data. That is, the present disclosure contemplates that hardware and/or software elements can be provided to prevent or block access to such personal information data. For example, the present technology can be configured to allow users to select to “opt in” or “opt out” of participation in the collection of personal information data during registration for services or anytime thereafter. For example, users can restrict sharing of personal information when creating and presenting mentions or when being mentioned by others in a conversation. 
     Moreover, it is the intent of the present disclosure that personal information data should be managed and handled in a way to minimize risks of unintentional or unauthorized access or use. Risk can be minimized by limiting the collection of data and deleting data once it is no longer needed. In addition, and when applicable, including in certain health related applications, data de-identification can be used to protect a user&#39;s privacy. De-identification may be facilitated, when appropriate, by removing identifiers, controlling the amount or specificity of data stored (e.g., collecting location data at city level rather than at an address level), controlling how data is stored (e.g., aggregating data across users), and/or other methods such as differential privacy. 
     Therefore, although the present disclosure broadly covers use of personal information data to implement one or more various disclosed embodiments, the present disclosure also contemplates that the various embodiments can also be implemented without the need for accessing such personal information data. That is, the various embodiments of the present technology are not rendered inoperable due to the lack of all or a portion of such personal information data. For example, users can block sharing of contact information or other personal information while creating and presenting mentions or when being mentioned by another user in a conversation. 
     The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical applications, to thereby enable others skilled in the art to best use the invention and various described embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.

Metadata:
Filing Date: 20200925
Publication Date: 20211019
Grant Date: 20211019
Priority Date: 20200609
Inventors: DALONZO, CHRISTIAN X.
HONG, ZHENG XUAN
KARUNAMUNI, CHANAKA G.
PAUL, Grant R.
MATTHEWS, CHRISTOPHER D.
GARCIA, III, Robert
BARER, ELLIOT AARON
BISTOLAS, EUGENE MITSUO IRINAGA
DE FILIPPIS, PIERRE JONATHAN
FEDERIGHI, CRAIG M.
Assignee: APPLE INC
CPC Classifications: [{"code": "H04L51/216", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04L51/216", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04L51/56", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04L51/56", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04L51/42", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04L51/42", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F2203/04803", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0481", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04L51/04", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0484", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06Q10/107", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04895", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04886", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0486", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04817", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06Q10/10", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04L51/046", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0484", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0482", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04817", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04L51/04", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04L51/16", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04L51/04", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04L51/36", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06Q10/107", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04817", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/04883", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F9/451", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04M1/72403", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04M1/7243", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04M1/72469", "inventive": true, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06F3/0481", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "H04M1/72436", "inventive": false, "first": false, "tree": "[]"}, {"code": "G06Q50/50", "inventive": true, "first": true, "tree": "[]"}]
Family ID: 78083341